Adder Technology Network Card AVX4016 User Manual

AdderView CATx  
User Guide  
  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Introduction  
This.description,.however,.is.far.from.sufficient.to.tell.  
you.that.those.four.users.can.easily.be.situated.up.to.  
300m.(980.feet).from.the.unit,.using.Adder.X100.or.  
X200.extenders..It.also.does.not.tell.you.that,.thanks.  
to.our.unique.Adder.CAM.(Computer.Access.Module).  
technology,.the.host.systems.can.themselves.be.up.  
to.50m.(160.feet).from.the.unit..In.both.cases.CATx.  
structured.cabling.provides.neat,.easy-to-manage.  
and.cost.effective.linking..The.16-.or.24-.ports.of.the.  
standard.units.are.by.no.means.the.limit..By.cascading.  
one.or.more.AdderView.CATx.units.you.can.easily.  
control.up.to.512.host.computers.  
The.AdderView.CATx.IP.variants.introduce.true.global.  
control.for.the.multiple.host.systems..Up.to.four.global.  
users.can.share.access.to.a.computer.from.anywhere.  
via.an.IP.network/internet.connection.using.a.Real.VNC.  
client.application..A.modem/ISDN.port.provides.an.  
alternative.backup.connection.should.the.network.link.  
suffer.a.failure..Optional.power.switch.control.allows.  
you.to.remotely.perform.a.hard.reset.on.any.host.  
system,.no.matter.how.badly.it.has.locked.up..Finally,.  
to.ensure.that.only.authorised.operators.are.given.such.  
power,.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.units.feature.enterprise.  
grade.security.  
Thank.you.for.choosing.the.AdderView.CATx.series.  
from.Adder.Technology..Each.of.the.four.models.  
have.been.designed.to.take.full.advantage.of.CATx.  
structured.cabling.(where x means category 5, 5e or 6).  
to.provide.high.quality.linking.plus.ultimate.flexibility.  
for.installers.and.operators.alike.  
At.its.heart.the.AdderView.CATx.is.a.tried.and.trusted.  
digital.KVM.+.audio.switch.with.16.or.24.ports..In.  
its.simplest.form,.the.AdderView.CATx.allows.up.to.  
four.users.to.maintain.full.control.over.multiple.host.  
systems..  
Local user  
Modem/ISDN port  
One.user.can.  
be.connected.  
directly.to.the.  
AdderView.CATx..  
This.port.offers.a.  
connection.option.  
that.can.be.used.  
alongside,.or.instead.  
of,.the.IP.network.  
link..It.also.offers.a.  
backup.route.should.  
the.network.fail..  
Modem  
or ISDN  
X100  
X200  
X200  
X100  
Modem  
or ISDN  
Remote users  
Up.to.four*.users.can.be.  
linked,.via.Adder.X100/X200.  
extenders.and.category.5,.5e.  
or.6.cabling,.to.a.maximum.  
distance.of.300m.(980.ft)....  
*.The.IP.models.allow.two.  
remote.(extended).users.....  
COMPUTER  
1
2
3
4
PWR  
USER  
AdderView  
IP network/  
Internet  
VNC 100 DAT LNK AUX  
www.adder.com  
Power switch  
Global users  
The.IP.models.can.support.  
up.to.four.global.users.  
at.any.one.time..All.of.  
these.may.be.connected.  
via.the.IP.network.port.or.  
one.may.be.linked.via.the.  
modem/ISDN.channel.....  
Many computers  
CAM  
CAM  
CAM  
CAM  
CAM  
CAM  
AdderView.CATx.units.can.directly.support.  
either.16.or.24.computer.systems..Multiple.  
AdderView.CATx.units.can.also.be.cascaded.  
to.support.a.maximum.of.512.computers..  
Optional power control  
The.IP.models.provide.the.  
opportunity.to.attach.one.or.  
more.power.switches..These.  
control.the.supply.to.the.  
system(s).and.allow.the.global.  
user.to.hard.reset.any.system.  
that.has.suffered.a.failure..  
CAM formats  
The.CAMs.are.available.in.  
different.formats.to.support.all.  
common.types.of.systems,.which.  
can.easily.be.mixed.within.a.  
multi-format.configuration..  
Each.system.is.linked.using.a.Computer.  
Access.Module.(CAM).and.category.5,.5e.  
or.6.cabling.to.a.maximum.distance.of.50m.  
(160.ft).from.the.AdderView.CATx.unit...  
Represents.KVM.&.  
}
audio.connections  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Front panel buttons  
IP network port (CATx IP only)  
The.port.by.which.global.users.  
are.linked.to.the.AdderView.CATx.  
unit..This.intelligent.Ethernet.port.  
can.automatically.sense.whether.  
it.is.attached.to.a.10Mb.or.  
AdderView CATx features - front and rear  
The.COMPUTER.and.USER.buttons.allow.  
the.local.user.to.select.the.required.  
combination..Adjacent.numeric.displays.  
show.the.current.selection..Keyboard,.  
mouse.and.menu-based.switching.  
techniques.are.also.available....  
The.AdderView.CATx.units.pack.a.great.deal.of.functionality.into.a.compact.  
space..All.models.occupy.a.single.1U.rack.space.and.provide.most.of.their.  
connectors.at.the.rear.face..The.smart.front.face.features.the.IP.network.port.  
and.the.operation.indicators.  
100Mb.network..  
Created through partnership  
The.AdderView.CATx.IP.model.is.the.result.of.a.creative.partnership.  
between.two.companies.that.are.leaders.in.their.respective.markets:  
Indicators  
The.front.panel.indicators.clearly.show.key.aspects.of.operation.(CATx.and.CATx.IP.models.differ):  
•. VNC.Indicates.that.a.global.user.is.connected.and.active.  
•. ꢀ00..Indicates.the.Ethernet.network.speed.(10/100Mbs).  
•. DAT.Network.activity.indication.  
•. PWR.Power.input.indicator.  
Adder.Technology.Limited.are.renowned.worldwide.for.  
their.professional.KVM.switching.hardware.  
•. AUX.Auxiliary.power.input.indicator.  
•. ꢀ-ꢃ.Indicates.activity.on.the.four.user.ports..  
•. LNK.Network.link.present.  
Note: The VNC, 100, DAT & LNK indicators are  
present on AdderView CATx IP models only.  
RealVNC.are.creators.of.remote.control.software.for.a.  
wide.variety.of.computer.systems..Speed,.simplicity.and.  
security.are.their.particular.strengths...  
On non-IP models each user port has an upper  
(mouse activity) and lower (keyboard activity)  
indicator.  
Power control port  
Upgrade port  
This.port.is.used.to.update.(when.  
necessary).the.internal.firmware.  
of.the.AdderView.CATx.unit.and.  
optionally.to.control.port.switching..  
Modem port (IP models only)  
Optionally.use.this.port.to.control.one.or.more.  
power.switches..These.allow.the.remote.user.  
to.take.full.control.of.the.computer.system(s).  
Optionally.use.this.port.to.attach.either.a.  
standard.modem.or.an.ISDN.adapter..This.  
feature.provides.an.alternative,.direct-dial,.  
remote.link.into.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.models.....  
Dual power inputs  
Remote user ports  
Computer ports  
Local user port  
The.primary.and.  
optional.auxiliary.  
power.supplies.  
connect.here.  
Up.to.four.remote.users.can.be.connected,.  
using.optional.Adder.X100/X200.extenders.  
and.standard.category.5,.5e.or.6.cabling,.a.  
maximum.distance.of.300m.(1000ft).from.  
the.AdderView.CATx.unit..CATx.IP.models.  
provide.two.remote.user.ports..  
Each.computer.connects.to.one.of.these.ports.  
Connect.a.keyboard.and.mouse.(either.PS/2-style.  
or.USB),.plus.a.video.monitor.and.optional.speakers.  
to.these.connectors..These.allow.you.to.perform.  
the.initial.configuration.of.the.AdderView.CATx..  
Additionally,.you.can.use.these.to.locally.control.the.  
connected.computer(s)..  
via.standard.category.5,.5e.or.6.cabling..At.the.  
other.end.of.the.cabling.a.CAM.(Computer.Access.  
Module).is.used.to.provide.the.necessary.keyboard,.  
video,.mouse.and.optional.speaker.connections..  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
What’s in the box  
What you may additionally need  
Computer Access Modules  
One.required.per.connected.computer..There.are.five.  
different.formats,.depending.on.the.required.computer.  
connections:  
PS/ꢁ-style  
Connectors:Analog video, PS/2-style keyboard and  
PS/2-style mouse.  
Part.number:.CATX-PS2  
PS/ꢁ-style with audio  
Connectors:Analog video, PS/2-style keyboard, PS/2-  
style mouse and 3.5mm audio jack.  
Part.number:.CATX-PS2A  
USB  
Connectors:Analog video and USB keyboard/mouse.  
Part.number:.CATX-USB  
USB with audio  
Connectors:Analog video, USB keyboard/mouse and  
3.5mm audio jack.  
Part.number:.CATX-USBA  
AdderView CATx  
or  
Sun with audio  
AdderView CATx IP  
Connectors:Analog video, Sun keyboard/mouse and  
3.5mm audio jack.  
Part.number:.CATX-SUNA  
.
Adder Xꢀ00/Xꢁ00 extenders  
One.extender.required.per.remote.user..X200.units.are.  
similar.to.X100.except.that.they.can.accommodate.  
a.second.link.to.another.switch.or.computer..X200.  
units.also.have.USB.connections.rather.than.PS/2-style.  
keyboard.and.mouse.ports..Three.different.variants.are.  
available.for.each.X100.or.X200.unit.-.AS/R.variants.  
have.audio.and.video.skew.circuitry.to.overcome.  
extreme.video.degradation.problems..A/R.variants.lack.  
the.skew.circuitry.and.R.variants.do.not.have.skew.  
circuitry.or.audio..Each.module.is.supplied.with.its.own.  
power.adapter.and.country-specific.power.lead..  
AdderView CATx  
AVX4016.–.16.computer.connections,.1.local.console.connection,.4.remote.user.connections  
AVX4024.–.24.computer.connections,.1.local.console.connection,.4.remote.user.connections  
AdderView CATx IP  
AVX4016IP.–.16.computer.connections,.1.local.console.connection,.1.IP.connection,.2.remote.user.connections  
AVX4024IP.–.24.computer.connections,.1.local.console.connection,.1.IP.connection,.2.remote.user.connections  
1
L
A
C
O
L
O
T
2
L
A
C
O
L
O
T
Adder Xꢀ00/R  
Adder Xꢁ00/R  
Connectors: Analog video,  
PS/2-style keyboard and  
PS/2-style mouse.  
Connectors: Analog video,  
USB keyboard and  
USB mouse.  
TE  
REMO  
ꢂ0W power  
Part.number:.X100R  
Part.number:.X200R  
adapter and  
country- specific  
power lead  
®
Adder Xꢀ00A/R  
Adder Xꢁ00A/R  
Connectors: Analog video,  
USB keyboard,  
USB mouse and  
3.5mm audio jack.  
Part.number:.X200A/R  
Connectors: Analog video,  
PS/2-style keyboard,  
PS/2-style mouse and  
3.5mm audio jack.  
ADDER  
Serial upgrade cable  
Part.number:.X100A/R  
Adder Xꢀ00AS/R  
Adder Xꢁ00AS/R  
Connectors: Analog video,  
PS/2-style keyboard,  
PS/2-style mouse  
Connectors: Analog video,  
USB keyboard,  
USB mouse  
and 3.5mm audio jack.  
Includes additional skew  
compensation features.  
Part.number:.X100AS/R  
and 3.5mm audio jack.  
Includes additional skew  
compensation features.  
Part.number:.X200AS/R  
.
Two ꢀ9” rack-  
Slave power switches for connection to AdderView  
CATx IP or master power switch  
Part.number:.EPS-S8.(not.available.in.North.America)  
mount brackets  
and four screws  
Optional auxiliary power adapter  
(supplied.with.country-specific.power.lead)  
Part.number:.PSU-IEC-5V6A  
Master power switch for connection to AdderView  
CATx IP or standalone Ethernet operation  
Part.number:.EPS-M8.(not.available.in.North.America)  
Four self-adhesive  
rubber feet  
CD-ROM  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Installation  
Mounting  
The.AdderView.CATx.units.offer.two.main.mounting.methods:  
•. Supplied.four.self-adhesive.rubber.feet  
•. Supplied.rack.brackets  
Rack brackets  
The.two.supplied.brackets.(plus.four.screws),.allow.  
the.AdderView.CATx.unit.to.be.secured.within.a.  
standard.1U.rack.slot..  
Note: Both the AdderView CATx and its  
power supply generate heat when in  
operation and will become warm to the  
touch. Do not enclose them or place them  
in locations where air cannot circulate  
to cool the equipment. Do not operate  
the equipment in ambient temperatures  
exceeding 40 degrees Centigrade. Do  
not place the products in contact with  
equipment whose surface temperature  
exceeds 40 degrees Centigrade. .  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Connections  
The.AdderView.CATx.and.CATx.IP.units.provide.a.great.deal.of.flexibility.in.their.configurations..  
This.chapter.details.the.various.connections.that.can.be.made.to.achieve.the.required.installation.  
REMOTEEMOTE  
USER  
USER  
page 9  
page 10  
page 11  
X100  
X100  
CAM CAM  
HOST  
COMPUTER  
page 21  
page 14  
page 13  
X100  
IP  
page 16  
MODEM  
/ISN  
page 12  
page 15  
POWER  
IN  
CAM  
Connections.do.not.need.to.be.carried.out.in.the.order.given.within.this.guide,.  
however,.where.possible.connect.the.power in.as.a.final.step.  
REMOTE  
CONTROL  
page 22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Local user  
To connect the local user port  
A.locally.connected.video.monitor,.  
1. Position.a.suitable.video.monitor,.keyboard,.mouse.(and.speakers,.if.  
required).in.the.vicinity.of.the.AdderView.CATx.unit.such.that.their.cables.  
will.easily.reach.  
keyboard.(and.mouse).are.required.  
during.the.initial.configuration..  
These.are.also.useful.during.normal.  
use.to.allow.quick.local.control.of.  
any.connected.computer.systems..  
The.AdderView.CATx.unit.can.  
2. Attach.the.video.monitor,.keyboard,.mouse.(and.speaker).connectors.to.  
the.sockets,.collectively.labelled.as.USER PORT 1,.at.the.rear.of.the.AdderView.  
CATx.unit.  
directly.support.either.PS/2.or.USB.  
style.keyboards.and.mice..An.audio.  
port.is.also.provided.for.locally.  
connected.speakers,.if.required...  
AdderView CATx  
rear panel  
From PS/ꢁ-style mouse  
From PS/ꢁ-style keyboard  
From speakers  
From video monitor  
From USB keyboard and mouse  
. Note: The keyboard and mouse can be either PS/2-style or USB respectively, as  
required. The two different connection types can even be mixed. Recognition  
of the type used is automatic and requires no extra settings to be made..  
9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Remote user (via X100/X200 extender)  
Up.to.four.users.can.be.placed.a.  
maximum.of.300.metres.(980.feet).  
from.the.AdderView.CATx.unit..  
Remote.users.are.connected.via.  
an.Adder.X100.or.X200.extender.  
module.and.suitable.category.5,.  
5e.or.6.cabling.(with.no.crossover)..  
The.AdderView.CATx.IP.models.  
provide.two.remote.user.ports.  
3. Lay.a.suitable.length.of.category.5,.5e.or.6.cabling.between.the.Adder.  
X100/X200.module.and.the.AdderView.CATx.unit..Please.refer.to.the.  
section.Cable lengths for remote user locations.opposite.  
4. Attach.the.connector.of.the.cable.run.to.the.socket.of.the.Adder.X100/X200.  
Category ꢄ, ꢄe or  
ꢅ cable leading to  
AdderView CATx unit  
Cable lengths for remote user locations  
The.maximum.length.of.cable.between.a.remote.user.and.the.AdderView.CATx.  
unit.can.be.up.to.300.metres.(980.feet)..However,.bear.in.mind.that.the.overall.  
distance.between.any.remote.user.and.any.computer.system.must.not.exceed.  
300.metres.(980.feet)..  
Adder Xꢀ00/Xꢁ00  
From power adapter  
module  
5. At.the.other.end.of.the.cable.run,.attach.the.cable.connector.to.one.of.the.  
sockets.labelled.CATx USER PORTS.on.the.rear.panel.of.the.AdderView.CATx.  
unit..  
In.situations.where.any.computer.system.will.be.placed.a.significant.distance.  
from.the.AdderView.CATx.unit,.ensure.that.the.distance.to.any.remote.user.is.  
similarly.less.than.300.metres.(980.feet).....  
AdderView CATx  
rear panel  
To connect a remote user  
1. Place.an.Adder.X100.or.X200.extender.unit.adjacent.to.the.remote.user.  
Note: The AdderView  
CATx model shown here  
location..  
2. Attach.the.video.monitor,.  
keyboard,.mouse,.power.adapter.  
(and.speaker).connectors.to.the.  
sockets.of.the.Adder.  
X100.or.X200.  
is a non-IP version. The  
IP-version provides only  
remote user ports 3  
and 4.  
Category ꢄ, ꢄe or ꢅ cable  
from Adder Xꢀ00/Xꢁ00  
module  
module.  
6. Where.necessary,.use.the.in-built.video.compensation.feature.of.the.Adder.  
X100/X200.module.to.eliminate.any.effects.caused.by.the.cable.run..  
However,.ensure.that.the.links.between.the.computers.and.the.AdderView.  
CATx.have.been.compensated.first..See.remote user video compensation.  
for.details....  
From mouse  
From keyboard  
Adder Xꢀ00/Xꢁ00  
module  
From video monitor  
ꢀ0  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Global user (IP network port)  
To connect the Global user (IP network) port  
The.AdderView.CATx.IP.models.  
provide.an.autosensing.Ethernet.  
IP.port.that.can.operate.at.10.or.  
100Mbps,.according.to.the.network.  
speed..The.AdderView.CATx.IP.  
models.are.designed.to.reside.quite.  
easily.at.any.part.of.your.network:.  
1. Depending.upon.where.in.the.network.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.is.being.  
connected,.run.a.category.5,.5e.or.6.link.cable.from.the.appropriate.hub.or.  
router.to.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.unit.  
2. Connect.the.plug.of.the.link.cable.into.the.IP.port.on.the.front.panel.of.the.  
AdderView.CATx.IP.unit.  
•. They.can.be.placed.within.  
the.local.network,.behind.any.  
firewall/router.connections.to.the.Internet,.or  
•. They.can.be.placed.externally.to.the.local.network,.on.a.separate.sub-  
network.or.with.an.open.Internet.connection....  
Wherever.in.the.network.an.AdderView.CATx.IP.is.situated,.you.will.need.to.  
determine.certain.configuration.issues.such.as.address.allocation.and/or.firewall.  
adjustment.to.allow.correct.operation..Please.refer.to.Networking issues.within.  
the.Configuration.chapter.for.more.details..  
IMPORTANT: When an AdderView CATx IP is accessible from the public Internet  
or dial up connection, you must ensure that sufficient security measures are  
employed.  
IP network link  
3. Configure.the.network.settings.as.appropriate.to.the.position.of.the.  
AdderView.CATx.IP.within.the.network.-.see.Networking issues.for.details..  
ꢀꢀ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Computer system (via CAM)  
4. Attach.the.connector.of.the.cable.  
Each.computer.system.is.connected.  
to.the.AdderView.CATx.unit.via.a.  
Computer.Access.Module.(CAM).  
and.standard.category.5,.5e.or.  
6.cabling..CAMs.are.available.in.  
various.formats.to.suit.differing.  
computer.system.types.and.their.  
particular.connector.styles.  
run.to.the.socket.of.the.CAM.  
Green indicator - power present  
Yellow indicator - signal activity  
Computer  
Access  
Module  
To connect a computer system  
1. Ensure.that.power.is.disconnected.from.the.AdderView.CATx.unit.and.the.  
system.to.be.connected..  
(Note: If it is not possible to switch off devices prior to connection, then  
a ‘Hot plug’ procedure is available – see the Hot plugging and mouse  
restoration section for more details).  
Note: CAMs derive power from the  
computer system via either the PS/2-style  
keyboard connector, USB or SUN connector.  
Category ꢄ, ꢄe or ꢅ cable  
to AdderView CATx  
2. Locate.the.required.CAM.(there.are.five.types.available).and.attach.its.video,.  
keyboard.and.mouse.(PS/2-style,.USB.or.Sun).and.optional.audio.connectors.  
to.the.relevant.sockets.on.the.computer.system..  
5. At.the.other.end.of.the.cable.run,.attach.the.cable.connector.to.one.of.the.  
sockets.labelled.COMPUTER CONNECTIONS.on.the.rear.panel.of.the.AdderView.  
CATx.unit...  
USB keyboard/mouse  
A range of different  
Sun keyboard/mouse  
PS/2-style mouse  
connector combinations  
are made available  
across the five CAM  
formats  
Note: Each CAM is  
specifically shaped so  
that it can be secured  
PS/2-style keyboard  
Audio  
using a cable tie around  
its middle. In this way,  
two CAMs can also be  
neatly joined together,  
back-to-back..  
AdderView CATx  
Video  
rear panel  
3. Lay.a.suitable.length.of.category.5,.5e.or.6.cabling.between.the.computer.  
system.and.the.AdderView.CATx.unit..The.maximum.length.of.the.cable.  
can.be.up.to.50.metres.(160.feet),.however,.bear.in.mind.that.the.overall.  
distance.between.any.remote.user.and.any.computer.must.not.exceed.300.  
metres.(980.feet).  
Category ꢄ, ꢄe or ꢅ  
cable from CAM  
6. Where.necessary.use.the.in-built.video.compensation.feature.of.the.  
AdderView.CATx.unit.to.eliminate.any.effects.caused.by.the.cable.run..See.  
Computer video compensation.for.details....  
ꢀꢁ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Modem/ISDN port  
The.AdderView.CATx.IP.models.  
provide.a.serial.port.to.allow.you.  
to.connect.either.a.modem.or.ISDN.  
terminal.adapter..This.can.be.used.  
as.a.primary,.secondary.or.backup.  
access.port.for.global.users,.as.best.  
suits.your.overall.configuration.  
To connect a modem or ISDN adapter  
1. If.possible,.disconnect.power.from.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.and.the.modem.  
or.ISDN.adapter.  
2. Connect.a.suitable.serial.modem.(non-crossover).cable.to.the.serial.port.on.  
the.modem/ISDN.adapter.  
3. Connect.the.other.end.of.the.serial.cable.to.the.port.labelled.COM2.at.the.  
rear.of.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.  
IMPORTANT: When the AdderView  
CATx IP is accessible from the public  
Internet or dial up connection, you  
must ensure that sufficient security  
measures are employed.  
AdderView CATx  
rear panel  
Note: On non-IP models, the  
COM2/MODEM port is reserved for  
the support of future features.  
Cable from modem  
or ISDN adapter  
Note: The default serial port speed is 115200 and a standard Hayes-compatible  
auto-answer string is sent during startup. The default startup string is ‘ATZS0=1’.  
Both the serial port speed and startup string settings can easily be altered during  
configuration - see Initial IP configuration for more details. The other serial  
settings are fixed at: No parity, 8 bit word and 1 stop bit.  
ꢀꢂ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Power in connection  
2. Connect.the.IEC.connector.of.the.supplied.country-specific.power.lead.to.  
The.AdderView.CATx.unit.is.  
the.socket.of.the.power.adapter.  
supplied.with.a.single.30W.power.  
adapter.which.is.sufficient.to.supply.  
any.configuration.of.the.unit..The.  
AdderView.CATx.IP.unit.has.two.  
power.input.sockets.to.allow.an.  
auxiliary.(redundant).power.adapter.  
to.be.connected..There.is.no.on/off.  
switch.on.the.unit,.so.operation.  
begins.as.soon.as.a.power.adapter.  
is.connected.  
Note: AdderView CATx units require a heavy duty power adapter at either or  
both power input connectors. Use only the adapter supplied with the unit or  
available under Adder part number: PSU-IEC-5V6A. Do not use the standard  
10W adapters that are supplied with other Adder products, such as the X100.  
To connect the power supply  
1. Attach.the.output.lead.from.the.power.adapter.to.the.MAIN PWR IN.socket.  
on.the.rear.panel.of.the.AdderView.CATx.  
3. Connect.the.power.lead.to.a.nearby.main.supply.socket.  
4. Repeat.steps.1.to.3.for.the.auxiliary.power.adapter.(using.the.AUX PWR IN.  
socket),.if.a.backup.supply.is.required.  
AdderView CATx  
rear panel  
Note: Both the AdderView CATx and its power supply generate heat when in  
operation and will become warm to the touch. Do not enclose them or place  
them locations where air cannot circulate to cool the equipment. Do not operate  
the equipment in ambient temperatures exceeding 40 degrees Centigrade. Do  
not place the products in contact with equipment whose surface temperature  
exceeds 40 degrees Centigrade. Using two power supplies will ensure that each  
power supply takes less load and run at a correspondingly cooler temperature.  
output lead from  
power adapter  
ꢀꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
To connect and address the switch boxes  
Note: The AdderView CATx IP unit can be powered on during this procedure,  
however, the switch boxes should be switched off.  
Power control port  
The.AdderView.CATx.IP.models.provide.  
a.serial.port.for.connection.to.one.or.  
more.optional.power.control.units..  
This.allows.you.to.control.the.mains.  
power.being.supplied.to.the.connected.  
computer(s).so.that.an.authorised.user.  
can,.if.necessary,.perform.a.complete.  
remote.cold.reboot.on.a.failed.system.  
1. Mount.up.to.four.switch.boxes.in.positions.where.they.are.close.to.the.  
computer.systems.that.they.will.control.and.not.too.distant.from.the.  
AdderView.CATx.IP.unit.(preferably.within.2.5.metres).  
2. Use.a.serial.cable.with.an.RJ9.and.a.9-pin.D-type.connector.(see.Appendix  
7.for.specification)..Attach.the.RJ9.plug.to.the.socket.marked.IN.on.the.first.  
switch.box..Attach.the.other.end.to.the.socket.marked.POWER CONTROL.on.  
the.AdderView.CATx.IP.  
The.control.connector.of.the.first.power.switch.is.attached,.via.serial.cable,.to.  
the.rear.panel.of.the.AdderView.CATx.IP..Any.additional.power.switches.are.  
then.attached.via.a.‘daisy-chain’.arrangement.to.the.first.power.switch..Each.  
power.switch.box.is.then.given.a.unique.address.and.access.to.each.power.port.  
(8.ports.on.each.power.switch.box).is.gained.using.a.combination.of.the.switch.  
box.address.and.the.port.number..  
AdderView CATx  
rear panel  
Serial cable to first  
power switch box  
‘Daisy-chain’  
control  
connections  
Power  
switch  
boxes  
Box ꢀ  
Box ꢁ  
Box ꢂ  
3. For.each.of.the.remaining.switch.boxes.(if.used),.use.a.serial.cable.with.RJ9.  
connectors.at.both.ends.(see.Appendix 7.for.specification)..Attach.one.  
end.to.the.socket.marked.OUT.of.the.previous.box.and.the.other.end.to.the.  
socket.marked.IN.of.the.next.box..  
Power to computer  
Box ꢁ, port ꢅ - address: ꢁꢅ  
4. Set.the.addressing.switches.on.each.switch.  
Box Switch ꢀ Switch ꢁ.  
box.using.the.two.micro.switches.marked.  
. 1...  
. 2.  
. 3.  
. 4.  
Off.  
On.  
Off.  
On.  
Off  
Off  
On  
On  
‘Slct’.on.the.front.panel..The.box.connected.  
directly.to.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.is.Box.1.  
and.so.on,.down.the.daisy-chain.line.to.Box.  
4.at.the.end.  
Box ꢃ  
The.power.ports.are.connected.to.the.power.inputs.of.each.computer.system.  
and.the.power.switch.box(es).are.then.connected.to.a.mains.power.supply.  
5. Attach.IEC.to.IEC.power.leads.between.  
each.port.and.the.power.input.socket.of.  
each.computer.system.that.requires.power.  
switching..Carefully.note.to.which.power.  
IMPORTANT: Power switching devices have a maximum current rating. It is  
essential to ensure that the total current drawn by the equipment connected  
to the power switching device does not exceed the current rating of the power  
switching device. You must also ensure that the current drawn from any mains  
socket does not exceed the current rating of the mains socket.  
Off = switch upwards  
On = switch downwards  
Switch ꢀ is on the left side  
ports,.on.which.boxes,.each.computer.system.is.connected..If.computer.  
systems.have.multiple.power.inputs,.then.each.input.must.be.connected.via.  
separate.ports,.which.can.be.on.the.same,.or.different.boxes.  
Setting.up,.configuring.and.using.power.switching.requires.three.main.steps:  
•. Connect.and.address.the.switch.boxes.  
6. Connect.each.box.to.a.suitable.mains.power.input..  
Now.proceed.to.the.configuration.stage.covered.in.the.Power switching  
configuration.section.within.the.Configuration.chapter.  
•. Operate.power.switching.via configuration menu.or.via viewer  
ꢀꢄ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Cascading multiple units  
X100  
IP  
The.AdderView.CATx.(IP).units.  
support.up.to.sixteen.or.twenty.  
four.directly.connected.computer.  
systems,.however,.this.is.by.  
no.means.the.limit..Thanks.to.  
an.intelligent.communication.  
system,.called.Adder Port Direct,.  
many.more.computer.systems.  
can.be.controlled.by.connecting.  
other.AdderView.CATx.units..  
The.combination.of.units.can.  
be.arranged.up.to.three.levels.  
deep.forming.a.tree,.or.cascade.  
arrangement,.with.computer.  
systems.situated.at.any.level.  
within.that.cascade.tree.  
The cascade tree  
MODEM  
/ISDN  
The.diagram.shows.how.multiple.AdderView.CATx.units.can.be.  
cascaded.up.to.three.levels..Computer.systems.can.be.connected.at.  
any.level..Up.to.four.users.(local,.remote.or.global).can.simultaneously.  
access.computer.systems.situated.around.the.cascade.tree...  
POWER  
IN  
CAM  
The.maximum.number.of.  
computer.systems.that.can.be.  
controlled.within.a.cascade.  
installation.depends.upon.the.  
AdderView.CATx.unit.placed.at.  
the.top.level..If.the.top.level.unit.  
is.a.non-IP.version,.a.maximum.  
of.512.computer.systems.can.  
be.controlled..However,.if.the.  
top.level.unit.is.an.AdderView.  
CATx.IP,.the.maximum.number.  
of.computers.drops.to.128..  
This.is.due.to.the.extra.burden.  
placed.on.the.units.memory.of.  
administering.global.(IP).users..  
See also  
ꢀꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
How cascade connections operate  
The.method.for.cascading.AdderView.CATx.units.is.straightforward.  
and.requires.no.hardware.settings.or.lengthy.configuration.process..  
This.is.due.to.the.Adder Port Direct.communication.system.that.  
allows.them.to.locate.each.other.and.share.information.  
The.method.of.linking.AdderView.CATx.units.is.the.same.  
regardless.of.the.cascade.level,.or.number.of.devices.attached..Put.  
simply:.  
A single cascade link is made by connecting a computer  
connections socket of one unit to a cAtx user ports  
socket of the unit below it.  
Such.a.single.link.would.allow.just.one.user.from.the.higher.  
AdderView.CATx.unit.to.access.any.of.the.computer.systems.  
attached.to.the.lower.one..However,.a.single.link.can.cause.  
a.bottleneck.for.multi-user.systems.so.you.are.strongly.  
recommended.to.use.a.minimum.of.two.or.three.links..Ideally.quad.  
links.should.be.used.wherever.possible.as.these.allow.four.users.to.  
simultaneously.access.computer.systems.situated.anywhere.within.  
the.cascade.tree..  
Port groups for cascade links  
When.cascade.links.are.made.between.units,.each.AdderView.  
CATx.will.automatically.recognise.the.links.and.treat.them.  
accordingly..The.connections.within.dual,.triple.or.quad.cascade.  
links.will.then.be.allocated.to.users.according.to.their.general.  
availability.in.that.group,.not.as.specific.individual.lines..The.  
diagram.here.summarises.the.groups.into.which.the.ports.are.  
(sixteen port models use groups A to D only)  
GROUP F  
GROUP D  
GROUP B  
COM2 / MODEM  
COMPUTER CONNECTIONS  
22  
COMPUTER CONNECTIONS  
14  
COMPUTER CONNECTIONS  
6
24  
23  
21  
16  
15  
13  
8
7
5
arranged.  
When.connecting.links,.ensure.that.you.use.the.lowest.numbered.  
ports.in.each.group..For.example,.to.create.a.triple.cascade.link.in.  
group.A,.use.ports.1,.2.and.3;.for.a.double.cascade.link.in.group.  
B,.use.ports.5.and.6,.etc..Unused.ports.in.a.group.can.be.utilised.  
to.connect.directly.to.normal.computers..The.Adder.Port.Direct.  
system.will.automatically.distinguish.between.the.different.types.of.  
connections.  
KM  
20  
19  
18  
17  
12  
11  
10  
9
4
3
2
1
GROUP E  
GROUP C  
GROUP A  
The.central.purpose.of.the.link.group.system.is.that.each.user.can.  
use.a.unique.address.to.locate.a.particular.computer..However,.as.  
with.the.Internet,.the.route.to.get.there.could.be.slightly.different.  
each.time..This.avoids.any.route.blocking.that.could.easily.be.  
caused.by.other.users.occupying.any.specific.link.lines.  
See also  
Note: Single, dual, triple and quad link groups may be mixed  
on one unit providing the differing link groups lie within the  
appropriate group boundaries shown opposite - see Tips for  
successful cascading for more details.  
ꢀꢆ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
CA02  
B01  
Addressing computers in a cascade  
The.addressing.format.used.by.the.AdderView.CATx.units.  
incorporates.the.various.group letters.along.with.a.final.specific.  
port.number.to.which.a.required.computer.is.attached..In.the.  
diagram.given.here,.a.portion.of.the.previous.cascade.diagram.  
indicates.how.the.routes.to.particular.computers.are.formed.and.  
addressed....  
User  
1
User  
2
User  
3
User  
4
Each.cascade.level.requires.a.group.letter.followed.by.a.two.  
figure.final.port.number,.hence.the.computer.marked.in.red.  
requires.a.longer.address.it.is.at.cascade.level.3,.compared.to.  
the.blue.computer.at.level.2.with.its.shorter.unique.address..A.  
computer.connected.directly.to.the.AdderView.CATx.at.the.top.  
level.would.simply.have.a.two.digit.port.number.  
AdderView CATx or AdderView CATx IP  
Group C  
at cascade  
level 1  
Group B at  
cascade level 1  
The.group.at.level.2.is.lettered.‘A’.because.it.is.connected.to.  
ports.1,.2,.3.and.4.on.the.AdderView.CATx..If.it.was.connected.  
to.ports.5,.6,.7.and.8,.then.the.group.letter.would.be.‘B’.and.the.  
overall.address.for.the.red.computer.would.be.CB02.  
AdderView CATx  
AdderView CATx  
Group A  
at cascade  
level 2  
Port 01 at  
cascade level 2  
CAM  
CAM  
CAM  
CAM  
The.first.time.that.you.make.a.connection.between.two.  
AdderView.CATx.units,.the.master.unit.will.detect.this.and.  
ask.(via.the.on.screen.menu).if.you.want.to.automatically.add.  
computers..If.you.choose.‘Yes’.then.the.ports.on.the.cascade.will.  
be.automatically.added.to.the.on.screen.menu.  
The unique address  
of this host is:  
AdderView CATx  
B01  
Port 02  
at cascade  
level 3  
CAM  
CAM  
CAM  
CAM  
The unique address  
of this host is:  
CA02  
See also  
ꢀꢇ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Connecting AdderView CATx units in cascade  
Please.consider.the.following.when.making.cascade.connections.between.  
AdderView.CATx.units.  
To connect units in cascade  
1. Ensure.that.power.is.disconnected.from.the.AdderView.CATx.and.all.other.  
units.to.be.connected....  
Tips for successful cascading  
2. Connect.one.end.of.each.  
cascade.link.cable.to.an.  
appropriate.COMPUTER  
•. The.maximum.number.of.levels.for.a.cascade.is.three.  
•. The.maximum.number.of.computer.systems.that.can.be.controlled.within.  
a.cascade.installation.depends.upon.the.AdderView.CATx.unit.placed.at.  
the.top.level..If.the.top.level.unit.is.a.non-IP.version,.a.maximum.of.512.  
computer.systems.can.be.controlled..However,.if.the.top.level.unit.is.an.  
AdderView.CATx.IP,.the.maximum.number.of.computers.drops.to.128..This.  
is.due.to.the.extra.burden.placed.on.the.units.memory.of.administering.  
global.(IP).users..  
CONNECTIONS.port.on.the.rear.  
panel.of.the.upper.unit..Refer.  
diagram.for.the.correct.link.  
group.boundaries.  
•. The.number.of.links.between.units.determines.the.number.of.users.that.can.  
simultaneously.access.the.computers.situated.further.down.the.tree..Link.  
groups.of.one.and.two.links.should.be.discouraged.  
•. Ensure.that.cascade.links.(within.a.group).between.units.are.approximately.  
the.same.length.  
•. Triple.and.quad.link.groups.may.be.mixed.on.one.unit.providing.the.  
links.lie.within.the.appropriate.port.boundaries.designated.in.the.Group  
•. AdderView.CATx.IP.models.should.only.be.used.at.the.top.level.of.the.  
cascade.tree.because.they.have.only.two.CATx USER PORTS.sockets..  
3. Connect.the.other.end.of.the.cascade.  
link.cable.to.one.of.the.CATx USER PORTS.  
sockets.on.the.rear.panel.of.the.lower.  
unit..Due.to.the.way.in.which.ports.  
within.a.link.group.are.dynamically.  
allocated,.it.is.not.usually.important.  
exactly.which.user.port.is.  
•. For.each.cascade.link,.use.a.standard.category.5,.5e.or.6.twisted-pair.cable,.  
terminated.at.each.end.with.an.RJ45.connector..There.must.be.no.crossover.  
connections.within.the.cable,.i.e..do.not.use.patch.cables..The.cascade.link.  
cables.can.be.up.to.50m.(160.feet).in.length..However,.remember.that.  
the.overall.length.between.any.remote.user.(via.an.X100.extender).and.  
any.computer.(via.a.CAM).must.not.exceed.300m.(980.feet).-.that.figure.  
includes.the.cascade.link.cables..Ensure.that.each.of.the.links.within.a.  
cascade.group.all.conform.to.the.same.length.  
connected.to.each.computer.  
port.of.the.upper.unit.  
4. Repeat.steps.2.and.3.  
for.each.of.the.links.  
within.the.group,.  
•. The.procedure.given.opposite.may.be.carried.out.in.any.order.but.for.clarity.  
the.instruction.will.begin.at.the.higher.level.AdderView.CATx.unit.(here.  
called.the.upper unit),.i.e..the.one.that.is.being.fed.into.by.a.unit.at.the.  
cascade.level.below.(here.called.the.lower unit)..The.procedure.remains.the.  
same.regardless.of.exactly.which.cascade.levels.are.being.connected..The.  
basic.rule.is.that.each.link.is.made.by.connecting.a.COMPUTER CONNECTIONS.  
port.of.the.upper.switch.to.a.CATx USER PORTS.of.the.lower.switch.  
adhering.to.the.  
diagram.for.  
the.correct.link.group.  
boundaries.on.the.COMPUTER  
CONNECTIONS.ports.of.the.upper.switch.  
Once.the.AdderView.CATx.units.and.computers.have.been.connected,.you.can.  
edit.their.names.to.make.it.much.easier.to.locate.them..See.the.To create/edit  
computer names.section.in.the.Configuration.chapter.for.more.details.  
See also  
ꢀ9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Using cascaded computers  
In.use,.cascaded.computers.can.be.accessed.using.exactly.the.same.methods.as.  
for.those.connected.directly.to.the.AdderView.CATx..However,.by.far.the.easiest.  
way.is.to.use.the.on.screen.menu..This.is.because.it.displays.the.computer.  
names.and.does.not.require.any.knowledge.of.port.addresses,.some.of.which.  
(as.discussed.above).can.be.up.to.six.characters.long..See.the.Selecting  
cascaded computers.section.in.the.Operation.chapter.for.more.details.  
Testing specific links to cascaded computers  
As.mentioned.previously,.the.best.and.most.efficient.way.to.access.cascaded.  
computers.is.by.using.the.on.screen.menu.and.via.non-specific.routes.through.  
the.link.groups..However,.during.configuration.or.troubleshooting,.it.may.be.  
useful.to.test.specific.routes.to.computers.in.order.to.verify.the.various.strands.  
of.each.link.group..By.using.specific.port.addresses.for.each.unit,.rather.than.  
link.group.numbers,.you.can.precisely.navigate.a.route.through.any.part.of.the.  
system.  
To test a specific link  
1. Simultaneously.press.and.hold.  
Note: and are the standard hotkeys and can be altered to avoid  
clashes with other devices or software. If you change the hotkeys, remember  
.and.  
.
to use the new ones in place of  
and  
when following these  
instructions.  
2. While.still.holding.  
.and.  
,.in.sequence,.press.and.release.the.full.  
address.of.the.required.computer.–.remember.to.use.specific.port.numbers,.  
not.link.group.addresses,.e.g..061802,.not.BE02.  
3. When.the.last.digit.has.been.entered,.release.all.keys.  
ꢁ0  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Multiple video head connections  
Two.or.more.AdderView.CATx.units.can.be.  
connected.together.so.that.they.operate.in.a.  
synchronised.manner..Synchronised.operation.  
is.useful.for.applications.that.require.multiple.  
video.signals.to.be.switched.together..This.type.of.  
operation.is.usually.required.where.each.computer.is.  
fitted.with.multiple.video.cards.or.video.cards.with.  
multiple.video.heads..Whenever.a.AdderView.CATx.  
channel.is.switched,.it.sends.an.RS232.command.out.  
on.its.serial.interface.(marked.COM1/UPGRADE.on.the.rear.panel)..  
An.AdderView.CATx.will.switch.its.channel.if.it.receives.the.  
same.command.on.its.serial.interface..Consequently,.by.linking.  
the.serial.interfaces,.a.master.unit.may.be.made.to.automatically.  
switch.one.or.more.slave.units.as.shown.in.the.diagram.  
Serial  
synchronisation  
cable  
Slave AdderView CATx  
It.should.be.noted.that.the.synchronisation.cable.deliberately.does.not.have.  
the.transmit.pin.of.the.Slave.End.connector.linked.to.the.receive.pin.of.  
the.Master.End.connector..To.do.so.would.cause.the.Slave.unit.to.be.able.  
to.switch.the.Master.unit..This.would.setup.an.endless.cyclical.switching.  
sequence.that.would.prevent.the.AdderView.CATx.devices.from.operating.  
correctly..For.more.details.about.the.serial.synchronisation.cables,.see.  
Appendix 7.....  
Master AdderView CATx  
The local user ports can also  
be used to view multiple  
video head installations.  
Notes  
It is recommended that the  
Slave monitor  
Master monitor  
second CAM in each pair is a  
USB-type and that it is plugged  
to a vacant USB port on the host  
computer to derive its power.  
Pairs of CAMs can be strapped  
back-to-back with cable ties to  
create a tidy installation...  
..  
Computers fitted  
with dual video  
heads  
ꢁꢀ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Remote switching control  
CA  
Tx  
4
The.port.switching.functions.of.the.AdderView.CATx.  
and.AdderView.CATx.IP.units.can.be.remotely.controlled.  
by.an.RS232.link.to.the.serial.communication.port.on.  
the.rear.panel,.labelled.as.COMꢀ/Upgrade.  
REMOTE  
CONTROL  
USER  
PORTS  
2
POWE  
R
C
ONTROL  
AdderView CATx  
rear panel  
The.sending.device.must.use.the.following.RS232.  
communication.settings:.  
COM  
1
/
U
3
PGRADE  
Baud.rate:.. 19200.bps.  
Data.bits:. 8.  
1
COM2  
USER  
/
M
PORT  
Cable from serial  
control device  
ODEM  
1
Parity:.  
None.  
1
COMPUTE  
24  
Stop.bits:.  
23  
No.handshaking.is.implemented,.however,.valid.command.characters.will.be.  
echoed.back.to.the.sending.device.  
The.value.of.the.byte.received.via.the.serial.link.determines.which.of.the.four.  
user.ports.should.be.linked.through.to.the.24.host.computer.ports..Each.  
user.port.can.be.individually.switched.to.required.ports..The.table.given.here.  
summarises.the.valid.control.codes:.  
KM  
2
0
1
9
Host computer port/channel  
ꢀ0 ꢀꢀ ꢀꢁ ꢀꢂ ꢀꢃ ꢀꢄ ꢀꢅ ꢀꢆ ꢀꢇ ꢀ9 ꢁ0 ꢁꢀ ꢁꢁ ꢁꢂ ꢁꢃ  
(video.off)  
0.  
.
9
User ꢀ.  
User ꢁ.  
User ꢂ.  
User ꢃ.  
10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 1A. 1B. 1C. 1D. 1E. 1F. 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67. 71.  
20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 2A. 2B. 2C. 2D. 2E. 2F. 68. 69. 6A. 6B. 6C. 6D. 6E. 6F. 72  
30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 3A. 3B. 3C. 3D. 3E. 3F. 80. 81. 82. 83. 84. 85. 86. 87. 73  
40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 4A. 4B. 4C. 4D. 4E. 4F. 88. 89. 8A. 8B. 8C. 8D. 8E. 8F. 74.  
ꢁꢁ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Configuration  
Almost.all.configuration.and.operational.aspects.of.the.AdderView.CATx.units.  
are.controlled.via.on-screen menu.displays..  
Overall initial configuration  
When.setting.up.a.new.installation,.the.following.stages.are.recommended:  
With security disabled (default setting), all users attached to the AdderView  
CATx have full and unrestricted access to all computers and all AdderView  
CATx settings. In larger installations, you are strongly recommended to  
enable security and set up individual user accounts with access privileges.  
All AdderView CATx units have a fixed user account that cannot be deleted,  
named ADMIN. This user account is the only one that is able to make  
important system changes. If you intend to use security, then it is important  
to allocate a password to the ADMIN account.  
Use the ADMIN account to add user profiles, passwords and access rights  
for each of the system users.  
When numerous computers are attached, you are strongly advised to  
provide names for each, to assist with recognition.  
The long cable links that are possible between the AdderView CATx unit and  
the computers and also to the remote users can affect the quality of the  
video images displayed. Use the in-built compensation features to eliminate  
any potential video image degradation.  
6. Configure.the.required.‘Setup Options’.and.‘Global Preferences’  
Use the ADMIN account to determine key AdderView CATx settings and  
timing characteristics.  
AdderView CATx IP models only. IP models possess a further collection of  
IP-related configuration options and encryption features that protect the  
installation from unauthorised global users - ensure that the IP security  
features are enabled before connecting the AdderView CATx IP unit to the  
network. The IP settings use the standard ADMIN password.  
ꢁꢂ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Configuration menus  
The.configuration.menus.allow.you.to.determine.many.aspects.of.the.  
AdderView.CATx.capabilities..From.here.you.can:  
Hotkeys  
Note:  
Create.individual.user.accounts.and.determine.access.rights,  
Provide.names.for.all.connected.computers.to.allow.quick.recognition,.  
Set.individual.and.global.settings.for.users,.  
and  
are the standard hotkeys and can be altered to  
avoid clashes with other devices or software. If you change the hotkeys,  
remember to use the new ones in place of  
the instructions in this guide.  
and  
when following  
Run.various.functions,.such.as.mouse.restore.operation,  
Save.and.load.AdderView.CATx.configuration.settings,.and.more.  
To access the configuration menu (local and remote users)  
1. If.the.main.menu.is.not.already.displayed,.press.and.hold.  
Security  
.
.and.then.  
Note: If the security option has been  
enabled, you will be asked for a valid  
user name and password before the  
main menu can be displayed.  
ADDERVIEW CATx IP  
User Name:  
Password:  
Port 1 login  
press. .using.a.keyboard.attached.to.a.AdderView.CATx.user.port..  
The.main.menu.will.be.displayed:  
Esc-Scr Save  
ADDERVIEW CATx IP  
Computer Port  
Availability of each  
computer:  
Green - available  
Red - unavailable  
IMPORTANT: When supplied, AdderView CATx units have their  
security features disabled, which means that any attached users  
have access to all connected computers and all AdderView CATx  
settings. You are strongly recommended to enable the ‘Security’  
feature and set an access password for the ADMIN account.  
Computer 1  
Computer 2  
Computer 3  
Computer 4  
Computer 5  
Computer 6  
Computer 7  
Computer 8  
User port 1  
ADMIN  
01  
02  
03  
04  
05  
06  
07  
08  
Default names for  
each computer port  
Port numbers  
Identification of  
this user port  
Connection status  
of this user port  
Status  
SHARED USE  
Your Login name  
Assistance for  
keypress options  
F1-More menus F3-Find  
F2-Adj.Video F4-Logout  
To access the configuration menu (global users)  
Once.the.IP.settings.have.been.made.(and.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.unit.  
is.network.connected),.global.users.can.access.the.configuration.menu.  
using.a.different.method.  
2. Press. .To.display.the.Configuration.Menu:.  
.
ADDERVIEW CATx IP  
Configuration Menu  
Functions  
1. Use.either.the.VNC.viewer.or.a.standard.web.browser.to.make.  
remote.contact.with.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.–.see.Global user  
access.for.more.details.  
Routing status  
User Preferences  
Global Preferences  
Setup Options  
2. If.the.username.entry.is.not.blanked.out,.enter.‘admin’.or.another.  
login.username..Then.enter.the.admin.password.(if.no.password.is.  
set,.then.just.press. )..Once.logged.in,.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.will.  
show.the.video.output.from.the.host.system.(if.one.is.connected),.or.  
otherwise.a.‘No.Signal’.message.  
Edit Computer List  
Edit User List  
EditAutoscan List  
F1-More menus  
Enter-Select  
Esc-Quit  
FirmwareVersion 3.03  
3. Click.the.‘Controls’.button.and.select.the.‘KVM.Switch.menu’.  
option..All.options.appropriate.to.the.entered.username.will.be.  
displayed..  
3. Use.the. .and. .keys.to.highlight.an.option,.then.press. .to.select.  
ꢁꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Configuration menus layout  
General security and configuration steps  
The.menu.options.are.arranged.as.shown.here:  
To enable general security  
1. Display.the.Configuration menu.  
Configuration Menu  
Functions  
Restore Standard Mouse  
Restore Intellimouse  
Power Control  
2. Highlight.‘Setup.Options’.and.press.  
3. Highlight.‘Security’.and.press.  
.
Clear UTP Extender Password  
Reset to Factory Defaults  
Send Data to RS232 port  
Read Data from RS232 port  
Configure IP port  
.to.select.‘ENABLED’.  
4. Now.create.a.new.password.for.the.ADMIN.user.account.  
Unit Configuration  
To set an ADMIN password  
1. Display.the.Configuration menu.  
Network Configuration  
Modem Configuration  
Reset Configuration  
Routing status  
User Preferences  
OSD Colour  
2. Highlight.‘Edit.User.List’.and.press.  
.
Reminder Banner  
Reminder Colour  
Screen Saver Type  
Confirmation Box  
AdderView CATx IP only  
3. Highlight.‘ADMIN’.and.press. ..Press. .again.to.accept.the.  
name.‘ADMIN’.without.change.  
Global Preferences  
Mouse Switching  
Screen Saver  
Autoscan Mode  
Autoscan Period  
OSD Dwell Time  
User Timeout  
4. Enter.an.appropriate.password.for.the.ADMIN.user.account.  
with.regard.to.the.following:.  
•. The.password.can.be.up.to.12.characters.long..  
•. The.password.can.use.letters,.numerals.and/or.certain.  
RS232 Mouse Type  
Mouse Type  
punctuation.marks..  
•. The.password.is.not.case.sensitive.  
Setup Options  
Security  
Language  
Hotkeys  
Keypad Controls  
Exclusive Use  
Automatic Logout  
Audio  
5. Press. ..The.‘Edit.Access.Rights’.menu.will.be.displayed..  
However,.as.the.ADMIN.account.always.has.access.to.all.  
computers,.press. .again.to.save.the.new.password.  
Add Computers  
Edit Computer List  
Edit User List  
To change the hotkeys  
AdderView.CATx.units.use  
and.  
as.their.standard.hotkeys..  
Edit Autoscan List  
(F1) Advanced Options  
These.can.be.changed.if.they.clash.with.other.software.or.  
hardware.within.the.installation..  
DDC Options  
Power Control  
USB Country Code  
1. Display.the.Configuration menu.  
Setup Options 2  
Force Mode  
2. Highlight.‘Setup.Options’.and.press.  
.
3. Highlight.‘Hotkeys’.and.press.  
.to.select.the.required.  
hotkey.combination..The.options.are:.CRTL+ALT, CTRL+SHIFT,  
ALT+SHIFT, ALT GR, LEFT ALT+RIGHT ALT, LEFT CTRL+LEFT ALT,  
RIGHT CTRL+RIGHT ALT or DISABLED.  
For.a.description.of.each.option.within.the.Configuration.menus,.see..  
Appendix 1.for.more.details.  
4 Press. .to.return.to.the.‘Configuration.Menu’.  
ꢁꢄ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Registering users (edit user list)  
To create/edit user accounts  
5. Press. .to.display.the.‘Edit.Access.Rights’.menu..  
1. Display.the.Configuration menu..Note: You must be logged-in as the  
ADMIN user.  
2. Highlight.‘Edit.User.List’.and.press.  
.
Cross markers indicate which  
computers will be accessible to the  
currently selected user. To change  
the permission state: Highlight a  
computer and press the space bar.  
. Here.you.can.determine.which.of.the.connected.computers.can.be.accessed.  
by.the.selected.user.account..Only.computers.that.show.the.‘+’.marker.to.  
the.right.of.the.menu.box.will.be.accessible.to.the.user.account..  
3. Either:  
Note: The Adder Port Direct feature (which allows interconnected  
switching units to talk to one another) ensures that users without access  
rights to particular computers cannot move sideways to those computers via  
other computers.  
•. Create a new account.-.Press. ,.enter.a.new.user.name.and.press. ,.  
or.  
•. Edit an existing account.-.Highlight.the.required.user.name.and.press.  
Edit.the.name,.if.appropriate,.and/or.press.  
.
Note: Access rights for user accounts to particular computers can also be  
controlled from the ‘Edit Computer List’ menu.  
4. Enter.or.edit.the.password.with.regard.to.the.following:  
•. The.password.can.be.up.to.12.characters.long..  
6. Select.and.deselect.computers.as.follows:  
•. The.password.can.use.letters,.numerals.and/or.certain.punctuation.  
•. Individual computer.-.Highlight.a.computer.name,.then.press.  
apply,.or.remove,.a.‘+’.marker.  
.to.  
marks..  
•. The.password.field.can.remain.blank.to.allow.open.access.to.this.  
•. Access to all computers.–.Press.  
•. Access to no computers.–.Press.  
account..  
7. When.all.settings.have.been.made,.press. .to.save.and.exit..Press. .to.  
return.to.the.‘Configuration.Menu’...  
ꢁꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Registering computers (edit computer list)  
To create/edit computer entries  
1. Display.the.Configuration menu..Note: You must be logged-in as the  
ADMIN user.  
5. When.the.port.address.is.complete,.press. ..The.‘Edit.access.rights’.menu.  
will.be.displayed..  
2. Highlight.‘Edit.Computer.List’.and.press.  
.
Cross markers indicate which  
users will be granted access to  
the currently selected computer.  
To change the permission state:  
Highlight a user name and press the  
space bar.  
. Here.you.can.determine.which.users.should.have.access.to.the.created/  
edited.computer..Only.users.that.show.a.‘+’.marker.to.the.right.of.the.menu.  
box.will.be.granted.access.to.the.computer.  
3. Either:  
•. Create a new computer entry.–.Press. .and.enter.a.new.name,.or  
•. Edit an existing computer entry.–.Highlight.a.computer.name.and.press.  
Note: The Adder Port Direct feature (which allows interconnected  
switching units to talk to one another) ensures that users without access  
rights to particular computers cannot move sideways to those computers via  
other computers.  
..Press.  
.(Backspace).to.delete.existing.characters.and.enter.the.  
required.new.name.(up.to.16.characters).  
4. Press. .and.the.cursor.will.move.to.the.computer.port.column.on.the.right.  
side..Change.or.enter.the.port.address.of.the.computer.as.required..See.the.  
Addressing computers in a cascade.section.for.more.details..  
Note: Access rights for particular user accounts to computers can also be  
controlled from the ‘Edit User List’ menu  
6. Select.and.deselect.users.as.follows:  
•. Individual user.-.Highlight.a.user.name,.then.press.  
remove,.the.‘+’.marker.  
.to.apply,.or.  
•. Allow access for all users.–.Press.  
•. Allow no user access (except ADMIN).–.Press.  
6. When.all.settings.have.been.made,.press. .to.save.and.exit..Press. .to.  
return.to.the.‘Configuration.Menu’.  
Tips when creating/editing computer entries  
•. Avoid.creating.two.names.for.the.same.computer.port.  
•. When.cascading.to.other.units,.do.not.apply.individual.names.to.any.ports.  
that.are.forming.a.link.group.to.another.switch.(i.e..ports.1,.2,.3.&.4.when.  
they.form.link.group.41).  
ꢁꢆ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Video compensation  
It.is.important.to.note.that,.providing.the.cabling.arrangements.do.not.change,.  
the.various.video.compensations.need.to.be.applied.only.once.to.each.computer.  
or.remote.user.link..During.operation,.control.of.video.compensation.is.fully.  
automatic..Please.take.into.account.the.following.when.configuring.links:  
The.AdderView.CATx.units.allow.computer.systems.to.be.placed.up.to.50m.  
(160.feet).away.and.remote.users.to.be.extended.by.a.maximum.of.300m.(980.  
feet)..Such.long.cable.lengths.can.affect.video.signals,.especially.when.higher.  
screen.resolutions.are.used..In.order.to.eliminate.any.video.signal.degradation,.  
all.AdderView.CATx.units.and.accompanying.Adder.X100.and.X200.extenders.  
provide.effective.software-based.video.compensation.features..  
•. The.AdderView.CATx.stores.a.video.compensation.setting.for.each.  
computer.which.defines.the.level.of.compensation.that.is.applied.whenever.  
the.computer.is.selected..This.“computer.video.compensation”.setting.  
is.to.correct.for.any.video.clarity.loss.due.to.the.CATx.cable.between.the.  
AdderView.CATx.unit.and.the.computers.CAM..  
Two.main.types.of.video.compensation.are.provided.within.the.AdderView.CATx.  
installation,.these.are:  
•. Computer video compensation.-.operates.on.video.signals.between.each.  
computer.system.and.the.AdderView.CATx.unit..See.Computer video  
•. CATx.cables.below.10m.give.very.little.loss.and.so.it.is.not.normally.  
necessary.to.be.concerned.about.setting.any.computer.video.compensation.  
if.short.CATx.cables.are.being.used.between.the.AdderView.CATx.and.the.  
CAM.for.each.computer..  
•. Remote user video compensation.-.operates.on.video.signals.between.  
each.remote.user(s).and.the.AdderView.CATx.unit..See.Remote user video  
compensation.for.details.  
•. “Computer.video.compensation”.may.be.setup.by.typing.in.the.cable.  
distance.in.the.OSD.or,.if.very.fine.video.adjustment.is.desired,.by.observing.  
the.video.picture.on.the.local.(user.1).port.whilst.making.adjustments..  
•. If.a.cascade.of.switches.is.being.used,.computer.video.compensation.only.  
needs.to.be.applied.at.the.master.AdderView.CATx..  
•. “Remote.user.video.compensation”.compensates.for.any.CATx.cable.losses.  
introduced.by.the.cable.between.the.X100/X200.and.the.AdderView.CATx..  
The.required.video.compensation.setting.does.not.vary.as.any.“computer.  
video.compensation”.is.automatically.added.as.different.computers.are.  
selected..This.only.needs.to.be.setup.once.during.installation..  
Note: For installations where both computers and remote users require video  
compensation, always ensure that the computers are compensated first.  
•. A.third.type.of.video.compensation.is.provided.by.Adder.X100AS/R.and.  
Adder.X200AS/R.extender.modules.only..This.type.of.compensation.is.called.  
Skew.adjustment.and.combats.the.effect.of.uneven.twisted.pairs.within.link.  
cables...  
See.Remote user skew adjustment.for.details...  
ꢁꢇ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Computer video compensation  
The.video.compensation.for.connected.computers.is.achieved.using.the.main.  
menu..Although.the.compensation.can.be.applied.from.any.local,.remote.  
or.global.user.port,.it.is.best.achieved.using.the.local.user.port.because.this.  
provides.the.most.direct.view.of.the.computer.output..The.compensation.  
is.achieved.simply.by.registering.the.link.cable.length,.however,.different.  
cables.can.vary.in.their.characteristics.so.it.is.often.useful.to.‘fine.tune’.the.  
compensation.by.eye.  
Note: CATx cables below 10m give very little loss and so it is not normally  
necessary to be concerned about setting any computer video compensation if  
short CATx cables are being used between the AdderView CATx and the CAM  
for each computer..  
To apply computer video compensation  
1. Place.a.computer.(connected.via.its.CAM.and.category.5,.5e.or.6.cable).into.  
the.highest.resolution.video.mode.at.which.it.will.be.used.  
6. Use. and. to.increase.or.decrease.the.stated.cable.length,.as.required.  
.
.
. Note: As you adjust the Length value, check the video image for signs of  
under- or over- compensation, especially to the right hand side of any hard  
vertical edges of images.  
2. If.possible,.use.a.monitor.and.keyboard.connected.to.the.AdderView.CATx.  
local.user.port..  
7. When.the.correct.compensation.has.been.applied,.press. .to.quit.the.  
3. Display.the.AdderView.CATx.main.menu.and.use.it.to.select.the.appropriate.  
screen.and.save.the.settings...  
computer.  
Note: You must highlight the computer name and press  
to select it.......  
4. Display.the.AdderView.CATx.main.menu.again.  
5. Press. to.access.the.compensation.feature:  
.
Ensure that the appropriate computer is  
marked by the arrow - if it is not marked,  
the computer is not correctly selected and  
the compensation will not be applied.  
The value in the green area indicates the  
currently selected cable length.  
ꢁ9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Remote user video compensation  
To apply remote user video compensation  
1. Ensure.that.the.video.image.from.the.computer.to.be.used.has.been.  
correctly.compensated..See.Computer video compensation.for.details..  
Video.compensation.for.each.remote.user.is.provided.by.their.Adder.X100.or.  
X200.modules,.not.by.the.AdderView.CATx.unit.itself..Using.the.Adder.X100/  
X200.controls.you.can.adjust.the.picture.sharpness.and.brightness.to.improve.  
the.remote.picture.quality..  
2. On.the.remote.user.keyboard.(connected.to.an.Adder.X100/X200.extender),.  
simultaneously,.press.the.hotkeys.(by.default,.  
.and.  
).along.with. .to.  
enter.configuration.mode.  
Note: Accurate remote user compensation relies upon visual feedback from  
the screen image. It is therefore vital to ensure that the video images being  
sent out from the AdderView CATx are as ‘true’ as possible. Ensure, using the  
local user port, that the video images received from the computers are correctly  
compensated BEFORE attempting to adjust the remote user(s).  
The three keyboard indicators (‘Num Lock’, ‘Caps  
Lock’ and ‘Scroll Lock’) will now begin to flash in  
sequence. The speed of the sequence indicates the  
level of the sharpness adjustment currently applied:  
the slower the rate, the lower the level of sharpness  
being applied.  
Video.compensation.is.best.carried.out.when.viewing.high.contrast.images.with.  
vertical.edges,.such.as.black.lines.on.a.white.background..When.doing.so,.if.you.  
notice.that.the.screen.image.is.‘fuzzy’.or.‘dark’.then.the.image.controls.may.not.  
be.able.to.solve.this.condition..  
3. While.viewing.the.displayed.screen.image,.use.the.following.keys.to.adjust.  
the.controls:  
Note: If the high contrast images exhibit shadows with separate colours, then  
there may be a skew problem which requires a different image adjustment  
(provided only by Adder X100AS/R and X200AS/R modules) - see the Remote  
user skew adjustment section for details.  
Sharpness:.  
There.are.255.sharpness.levels.(one.coarse.step.jumps.10.levels).  
To autoset sharpness:.Press. .to.make.the.module.  
for.fine.adjustment,.  
.
for.coarse.adjustment.  
.
.
.
.
.
calculate.and.apply.an.automatic.compensation.level.-.you.can.  
use.this.as.a.starting.point.for.your.fine.tuning.  
To display a suitable high contrast image  
The.best.way.to.clearly.view.the.effect.of.sharpness.and.brightness.adjustments.  
is.to.display.a.high.contrast.image,.with.vertical.  
edges,.on.the.screen..  
Note: If the monitor goes blank and switches off (due to oversetting  
the sharpness adjustment) press the Home key to restore.  
Brightness:.  
.for.adjustment..There.are.255.brightness.levels....  
.
•. Open.a.word.processor,.type.the.capital.letter.  
‘H’,.or.‘M’.and.increase.the.point.size.to.72.  
or.higher..For.best.results,.the.background.  
should.be.white.and.the.character.should.be.  
Sharpness  
increase  
(coarse)  
Restore default  
sharpness and  
brightness  
Sharpness  
decrease  
(coarse)  
settings  
High contrast  
black character  
on white  
Black or bright  
white shadow  
on the right  
indicates  
the need for  
sharpness  
black..  
•. A.BLACK.shadow.on.the.right.of.the.character.  
Sharpness  
increase  
(fine)  
background  
Exit image  
controls  
and save  
settings  
indicates.UNDER.compensation.  
Brightness  
increase  
•. A.WHITE.shadow.on.the.right.of.the.character.  
adjustment  
indicates.OVER.compensation..  
Note: The Word processor method is accurate and quick. However, for the very  
finest video compensation, use the latest Adder “skew” test pattern program  
which shows both the skew pattern and a section of mixed size Hs (black on  
white and white on black).  
Sharpness  
decrease  
(fine)  
Brightness  
decrease  
If the image controls cannot provide a crisp image  
4. When.no.shadows.are.visible.and.the.displayed.images.have.crisp.edges,.  
If,.after.adjusting.the.image.controls,.one.or.more.screen.images.remain.  
fuzzy.or.have.coloured.shadows.you.may.need.to.use.the.Skew.adjustment.  
feature..Please.see.Remote user skew adjustment.for.details.(Adder.  
X100AS/R.or.X200AS/R.modules.only).  
press. .to.exit.configuration.mode.and.permanently.save.all.settings.  
. The.new.compensation.settings.will.be.stored,.even.when.power.is.removed.  
or.if.a.complete.reset.is.initiated..These.settings.should.not.require.further.  
changes.unless.the.cabling.arrangements.are.altered..  
ꢂ0  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Remote user skew adjustment  
The.category.5,.5e.and.6.cabling.supported.by.the.AdderView.CATx.consists.of.  
four.pairs.of.wires.per.cable..Three.of.these.pairs.are.used.to.convey.red,.green.  
and.blue.video.signals.to.the.remote.video.monitor..Due.to.the.slight.difference.in.  
To use skew adjustment  
1. Display.a.skew.pattern.on.the.appropriate.computer..You.can.either.use.the.  
supplied.skew.pattern.or.create.your.own:  
twist.rate.between.these.three.pairs,.the.  
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8  
Using the supplied skew pattern  
i. Insert.the.supplied.Adder.Installation.CD-ROM.into.the.CD.player.of.the.  
red,.green.and.blue.video.signals.may.not.  
arrive.at.precisely.the.same.time..This.is.  
visible.as.separate.colour.shadows.on.high.  
contrast.screen.images.and.is.particularly.  
apparent.when.using.higher.screen.  
resolutions.and.some.types.of.category.5e.  
cables.  
computer.  
ii. Within.Windows,.use.the.My Computer.  
option.(usually.available.as.a.desktop.icon.  
or.within.the.Start.menu).to.view.the.  
contents.of.the.CD-ROM..Double-click.  
8
7
8
7
Data signal  
the.Skew.entry.to.display.the.standard.  
test.pattern..If.necessary,.maximise.the.  
application.window.so.that.the.image.fills.  
the.screen......  
To.alleviate.this.situation,.the.Adder.  
X100AS/R.and.X200AS/R.modules.  
provide.internal.skew.adjustment.that.  
can.help.to.rectify.the.situation..The.  
skew.adjustment.works.by.delaying.or.  
advancing.the.timing.of.any.of.the.red,.  
green.or.blue.colour.signals.so.that.they.  
are.all.delivered.to.the.monitor.at.precisely.the.same.time..For.best.results,.the.  
“skew”.program.supplied.on.the.disk.or.downloadable.from.www.adder.com.  
or.www.adder.info.is.the.most.accurate.way.of.setting.skew.as.the.red,.green.  
and.blue.lines.are.rendered.exactly.on.the.screen.as.single.pixel.wide.lines..The.  
skew.bmp.test.pattern.can.also.be.used.but.it.is.less.accurate..Alternatively,.you.  
can.create.your.own.skew.pattern.using.a.standard.image.creation.package,.as.  
detailed.opposite.  
Convergence test  
pattern showing the  
RGB crosses. In this  
case, the green signal  
can be seen out of  
line with the other  
two colours.  
6
3
6
3
Red  
video signal  
5
4
5
4
Green  
video signal  
. The.screen.will.show.a.series.of.fine.red,.  
2
1
2
1
Blue  
video signal  
green.and.blue.crosses.which.should.all.be.  
in.line,.vertically.and.horizontally..Skew.affects.the.horizontal.placement.of.  
the.colours.and.using.this.pattern.it.is.much.easier.to.discover.which,.if.any,.  
colours.are.being.adversely.affected.by.the.cable.link...  
Creating a skew test pattern  
i. Run.any.image.creation/editing.application,.such.as.the.Paint.program.  
supplied.with.Windows.  
ii. Using.the.image.application.create.three.  
stacked.horizontal.rectangles.(one.red,.  
one.green.and.one.blue).that.fill.the.  
width.of.the.screen.  
iii. Draw.a.vertical.black.line.down.across.  
the.coloured.bars.and.then.repeat.this.  
vertical.line.at.intervals.along.the.width.  
of.the.coloured.bars..These.lines.create.  
breaks.across.the.colours.and.give.you.  
more.opportunities.to.view.the.horizontal.  
position.of.each.colour.relative.to.the.others..  
2. On.the.remote.user.keyboard.(connected.to.an.Adder.X100AS/R.extender),.  
simultaneously,.press.the.hotkeys.(by.default,.  
.and.  
).along.with. .to.  
enter.configuration.mode.  
The three keyboard indicators (‘Num Lock’,  
‘Caps Lock’ and ‘Scroll Lock’) will now begin  
to flash in sequence.  
ꢂꢀ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3. As.appropriate,.press.either.the.R,.G.or.B.keyboard.keys.to.  
select.the.appropriate.colour.channel..Corresponding.  
keyboard.indicators.will.flash.rapidly.to.show.which.  
channel.is.currently.selected.for.adjustment:.  
Num.Lock.for.Red,.Caps.Lock.for.Green.and.  
Scroll.Lock.for.Blue.  
4. Press.the. and .keys.to.retard.or.advance.the.timing.of.the.selected.  
.
.
colour.channel.respectively..On.screen.you.will.see.a.change.in.the.position.  
of.the.selected.colour.crosses.(or.colour.bars).in.relation.to.the.other.two..  
Restore  
default  
skew  
settings  
Exit image  
controls  
and save  
settings  
Advance  
colour  
timing  
Retard  
colour  
timing  
5. When.the.selected.colour.crosses.(or.colour.bars).are.correctly.positioned,.  
press. .to.exit.that.colour.channel..The.keyboard.indicators.will.return.to.  
flashing.in.sequence.  
6. If.required,.repeat.steps.3.to.5.to.select.and.adjust.any.colour.channel.until.  
the.vertical.lines.of.the.red,.green.and.blue.crosses.are.all.aligned.  
7. When.all.colours.are.correctly.aligned.on.all.video.channels,.press. .to.exit.  
configuration.mode.and.permanently.save.all.settings.  
Note: Once you have made the skew adjustments, it may be necessary to  
re-adjust the image controls to attain optimum screen images.  
ꢂꢁ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Autoscanning  
The.AdderView.CATx.provides.an.autoscan.mode.that.switches.between.  
the.connected.computers.in.sequence..This.mode.is.useful.to.allow.users.  
and.administrators.to.sample.activity.among.the.connected.machines..Three.  
scanning.modes.are.provided:  
To select an autoscan mode  
1. Display.the.Configuration menu..Note: You must be logged-in as the  
ADMIN user.  
2. Highlight.‘Global.Preferences’.and.press.  
.
•. Scan list.–.Only.computers.declared.within.an.autoscan.list.will.be.viewed..  
3. Highlight.‘Autoscan.Mode’.and.press.  
.until.the.required.option.is.  
Computers.connected.to.cascaded.switches.can.be.included.in.the.autoscan.  
list.  
displayed:.SCAN.LIST,.ACTIVE.PCs.or.ALL.PCs..  
To select an autoscan period  
1. Display.the.Configuration menu..Note: You must be logged-in as the  
•. Active PCs.–.Only.computer.ports.where.an.active.computer.is.detected.will.  
be.viewed..This.mode.avoids.blank.screens.from.being.displayed.and.helps.  
to.prevent.the.viewing.monitor.from.entering.a.power-down.state.on.every.  
scan.cycle..Computers.connected.to.cascaded.switches.will.not.be.viewed.in.  
this.mode.  
ADMIN user.  
2. Highlight.‘Global.Preferences’.and.press.  
.
3. Highlight.‘Autoscan.Period’.and..press.  
.until.the.required.time.to.view.  
each.computer.is.displayed,.ranging.from.2.seconds.to.5.minutes.  
•. All PCs.–.This.mode.visits,.in.turn,.each.computer.that.is.connected.directly.  
to.the.AdderView.CATx..This.mode.should.be.used.with.care.due.to.the.  
reasons.given.in.the.warning.below..Computers.connected.to.cascaded.  
switches.will.not.be.viewed.in.this.mode.  
To define an autoscan list  
Note: This stage is required only when the ‘Scan List’ autoscan mode is selected.  
1. Display.the.Configuration menu..Note: You must be logged-in as the  
The.scanning.mode.is.a.global.setting.and.hence.will.be.the.one.viewed.by.any.  
ADMIN user.  
user.who.selects.  
.
.
.on.their.keyboard..Note,.however,.that.users.will.  
2. Highlight.‘Edit.Autoscan.List’.and.press. ..A.list.of.all.connected.computers.  
will.be.displayed..Only.computers.that.show.a.‘+’.marker.to.the.right.of.the.  
menu.box.will.be.autoscanned.  
only.see.the.scanned.computers.to.which.they.have.access.rights..Hence,.if.two.  
users.(with.various.access.rights).simultaneously.view.an.autoscan,.they.will.see.  
differing.results.depending.upon.their.respective.permissions.  
3. Select.and.deselect.computers.to.scan.as.follows:  
WARNING: Many monitors are fitted with automatic power saving  
relays that switch off after a few seconds when connected to an inactive  
computer. If you are using such a monitor, do not set the AdderView  
CATx to the scan ‘ALL PCs’ mode. Continual switching on and off of  
the monitor’s relay will eventually damage the monitor. If using such a  
monitor in conjunction with the ‘Scan List’ option, ensure that all selected  
computers are active.  
•. Individual.computer.-.Highlight.a.computer.name,.then.press.  
.to.  
apply,.or.remove,.the.‘+’.marker.  
•. Mark.all.computers.for.scanning.–.Press.  
•. Unmark.all.computers.–.Press.  
.
.
4. When.all.settings.have.been.made,.press. .to.save.and.exit..Press. .to.  
return.to.the.‘Configuration.Menu’.  
There.are.up.to.three.steps.that.need.to.be.configured.to.use.autoscanning.  
•. Select the autoscan mode:.Scan.List,.Active.PCs.or.All.PCs.  
To view autoscan  
•. At.one.of.the.user.ports,.press.  
Note: and are the standard hotkeys and can be altered to avoid clashes  
with other devices or software. If you change the hotkeys, remember to use the  
new ones in place of and when following these instructions.  
.
.
..  
•. Select the autoscan period..This.is.the.time.that.is.spent.viewing.each.  
computer..This.step.also.enables.and.disables.the.autoscan.feature.  
•. Define the autoscan list..This.step.is.only.required.when.the.Scan.List.option.  
is.selected.and.allows.you.to.select.which.computers.will.be.scanned.  
ꢂꢂ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Saving and restoring configuration settings  
To transfer configuration settings  
1. Run.the.Adder.Data.Transfer.utility.on.the.computer.that.is.connected.to.the.  
AdderView.CATxs.serial.port..The.utility.has.a.single.window:.  
The.AdderView.CATx.can.store.up.to.512.computer.names.and.16.sets.of.  
user.access.rights.(AdderView.CATx.IP.models.support.a.maximum.of.128.  
computers)..Particularly.in.cascaded.configurations,.manually.re-entering.all.  
computer.names,.port.numbers.and.access.rights.can.be.a.lengthy.process..  
Therefore,.the.AdderView.CATx.provides.a.method.to.save.and,.if.required,.  
restore.configuration.settings.using.one.of.its.serial.ports..Further.to.this,.the.  
saved.file.can.be.opened.and.edited.within.a.text.editor.or.spreadsheet.and.then.  
restored.back.to.the.AdderView.CATx.–.a.useful.way.to.make.multiple.setup.  
changes..  
Note: You must be logged-in as the ADMIN user for this procedure..  
Preparations for configuration save/load  
Download.the.Adder.Data.Transfer.utility.-.contact.Adder.Technical.Support.  
for.details.  
2. Click.the.Configuration.button.and.ensure.that.the.appropriate.serial.port.of.  
Connect.the.serial.port.on.the.rear.panel.of.the.AdderView.CATx,.labelled.  
COM1/UPGRADE,.to.a.serial.port.on.your.computer.using.the.supplied.serial.  
flash.upgrade.cable..See.Appendix 7.for.pin-out.specifications..  
the.computer.is.selected.  
3. Click.the.Browse....button.to.locate.or.create.a.text.file.that.will.either.  
provide.or.receive.the.AdderView.CATx.data.  
4. Choose.the.direction.of.data.flow:  
CA  
Tx  
USER  
4
PORTS  
•. Click.the.Unit.to.File.button.to.download.the.existing.AdderView.CATx.  
configuration.to.the.selected.text.file,.or  
2
POWE  
R
C
ONTROL  
•. Click.the.File.to.Unit.button.to.upload.the.contents.of.the.file.to.the.  
AdderView.CATx.unit.  
COM  
1
/
U
3
PGRADE  
. A.pop-up.dialog.box.will.request.you.to.set-up.the.unit.to.either.send.or.  
1
receive.RS232.data.  
COM2  
USER  
/
M
PORT  
1
ODEM  
5. Using.the.local.port.of.the.AdderView.CATx.unit,.display.the.Configuration  
menu..Note: You must be logged-in as the ADMIN user.  
COMPUTE  
24  
6. Select.the.‘Functions’.option.  
23  
7. Select.either.‘Send.Data.to.RS232.port’.(if.you.chose.the.Unit.to.File.button).  
or.‘Read.Data.from.RS232.port’.(if.you.chose.the.File.to.Unit.button)..  
KM  
8. On.the.computer,.click.the.OK.button.of.the.pop-up.dialog.box.to.begin.  
downloading.or.uploading..The.process.will.end.automatically.when.all.data.  
have.been.transferred....  
2
0
1
9
Note: For AdderView CATx IP models, the usernames and passwords are not  
retrieved by the Adder Data Transfer utility due to security reasons...  
continued  
ꢂꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
To edit the configuration settings  
The.saved.text.file.can.be.opened.using.either.a.basic.text.editor.or.a.  
spreadsheet.program..The.format.of.a.typical.file.is.shown.opposite..  
ADDER.TECHNOLOGY.DATA.TRANSFER.FILE.  
Users.  
User names  
(will.be.blank.for.AdderView.  
CATx.IP.models)  
[ADMIN.  
[SAM.  
[ROGER.  
[PETE.  
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
Each.entry.within.the.Users.section.relates.to.a.corresponding.entry.within.the.  
Passwords.section.and.also.a.column.within.each.row.of.the.Computers.section..  
[.............  
[.............  
[.............  
[.............  
[.............  
[.............  
[.............  
[.............  
[.............  
[.............  
[.............  
[.............  
Hints for editing  
•. To.grant.a.user.access.to.a.computer,.enter.the.value.‘1’.in.the.column.of.  
the.Computers.section.that.relates.to.the.position.of.the.users.name.entry,.  
e.g..third.name.down.in.the.User.section.=.third.column.along.after.the.  
computers.port.address.(in.the.Computers.section).  
•. To.deny.a.user.access.to.a.computer,.remove.the.value.‘1’.from.the.column.  
of.the.Computers.section.that.relates.to.the.position.of.the.users.name.  
entry..  
•. The.ADMIN.user.will.always.be.granted.access.to.all.computers.regardless.of.  
Passwords.  
[admin.  
[letmein.  
[roger1.  
Passwords for each user  
(will.be.blank.for.AdderView.  
CATx.IP.models)  
the.values.entered.  
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
[sue2.  
[.............  
[.............  
[.............  
[.............  
[.............  
[.............  
[.............  
[.............  
[.............  
[.............  
[.............  
[.............  
Computers.  
[Main ] 00000001 ,1 , ,1 ,1 , , , , , , , , , , , ,  
Computer names and access  
details  
Computer  
name  
Computer  
port  
number  
User access rights  
Admin,.Roger.and.Pete.are.permitted.to.access.this.  
computer.-.where.there.is.not.a.‘1’,.the.corresponding.user.  
is.not.permitted.to.access.this.computer..  
Computers.  
[Main.  
[Sales.  
].00000001.,1.,..,1.,1.,. ,. ,..,. ,. ,. ,. ,. ,. ,. ,. ,.  
].00000002.,1.,1.,1.,1.,..,..,1.,..,..,..,..,..,..,..,..,.  
[Technical. ].00000011.,1.,. ,1.,1.,..,..,1.,..,..,..,..,..,..,..,..,.  
[Email. ].00000012.,1.,1.,1.,1.,..,..,1.,..,..,..,..,..,..,..,..,.  
[Backup. ].00000010.,1.,..,1.,..,1.,1.,1.,..,..,..,..,..,..,..,..,.  
[server-6. ].00000016.,1.,..,1.,..,1.,1.,1.,..,..,..,..,..,..,..,..,.  
[server-7. ].00000004.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1  
[server-8. ].00000015.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1  
[server-9. ].00000014.,1.,..,1.,..,..,..,1.,1.,..,..,..,..,..,..,..,.  
[server-10. ].00000005.,1.,..,1.,1.,..,1.,1.,1.,..,..,..,..,..,..,..,.  
[server-11. ].00000009.,1.,..,1.,..,..,..,..,1.,1.,1.,..,..,..,..,..,.  
[server-12. ].00000013.,1.,1.,1.,..,..,1.,1.,..,..,..,..,..,..,..,..,.  
[server-13. ].00000017.,1.,..,1.,..,..,1.,1.,..,..,..,..,..,..,..,..,.  
[server-14. ].00000008.,1.,1.,..,..,..,1.,..,..,..,..,..,..,..,..,..,.  
[server-15. ].00000003.,1.,..,1.,..,..,1.,1.,1.,..,..,..,..,..,..,..,.  
[server-16. ].00000006.,1.,..,1.,..,..,1.,1.,1.,..,..,..,..,..,..,..,.  
[server-17. ].00000007.,1.,1.,..,..,..,1.,..,..,..,..,..,..,..,..,..,.  
End.of.Data.  
ꢂꢄ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
What to do if the ADMIN password has been forgotten  
If.the.ADMIN.password.becomes.mislaid.or.forgotten,.you.will.not.be.able.  
to.access.the.AdderView.CATx.to.add.or.edit.users.and.computer.names..  
This.situation.may.be.resolved.by.performing.a.complete.reset.to.return.the.  
AdderView.CATx..or.CATx.IP.to.its.factory.default.state..  
IMPORTANT: A complete reset erases all the user names and computer  
names that you have setup.  
Slightly.different.procedures.are.used.to.reset.the.AdderView.CATx.and.the.  
AdderView.CATx.IP,.as.detailed.here...  
To reset AdderView CATx models  
To reset the AdderView CATx ip models  
1. Remove.all.power.inputs.from.the.AdderView.CATx.unit.  
1. Remove.all.power.inputs.from.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.unit.  
2. Move.switch..on.the.rear.panel.down.to.the.ON.position.  
2. Move.switch..on.the.rear.panel.down.to.the.ON.position.  
3. Press.and.hold.the.front.panel.USER.and.COMPUTER.buttons.while.you.re-  
apply.power..On.the.local.user.port,.a.screen.menu.will.indicate.that.the.unit.  
has.been.reset.and.will.prompt.you.to.power.down.and.return.the.switch.to.  
its.normal.position.  
3. Re-apply.power.to.the.unit..On.the.local.user.port,.a.screen.menu.will.  
provide.two.options..  
4. Using.the.local.keyboard.or.mouse,.select.the.‘Reset.Configuration’.option..  
A.warning.screen.will.be.displayed,.select.the.RESET.option.and.press. ..  
The.unit.will.reset.and.then.prompt.you.to.work.through.the.initial IP  
4. As.directed,.remove.power.and.move.switch..up.to.its.OFF.position.  
5. Power.up.and.configure.the.unit.in.the.normal.manner.  
5. After.you.have.completed.the.initial.IP.configuration,.remove.power.and.  
move.switch..up.to.its.OFF.position.....  
ꢂꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Hot plugging and mouse restoration  
To restore mouse operation when hot plugging:  
It.is.strongly.recommended.that.you.switch.off.a.computer.before.attempting.  
to.connect.it.to.the.AdderView.CATx..However,.if.this.is.not.possible.then.you.  
need.to.‘hot.plug’.the.computer.while.it.is.still.running..There.is.not.normally.  
a.danger.of.damage.to.the.computer,.however,.when.mouse.communications.  
are.interrupted,.often.they.fail.to.re-initialise.when.reconnected..The.AdderView.  
CATx.provides.a.feature.to.reinstate.mouse.communications.once.the.necessary.  
connections.have.been.made.  
1. Using.a.suitable.CAM.(Computer.Access.Module).and.category.5,.5e.or.6.  
link.cabling,.carefully.make.the.connections.between.the.keyboard,.monitor,.  
mouse.(and.audio).sockets.of.the.computer.and.the.required.AdderView.  
CATx.port.  
2. Select the port.of.the.newly.connected.computer.and.then.display.the.  
There.are.two.main.types.of.data.formats.used.by.current.PC.mice,.these.are.  
the.older.‘PS/2’.or.‘standard.mouse’.format.and.the.more.recent.‘IntelliMouse®’.  
format.introduced.by.Microsoft..These.use.slightly.different.data.arrangements.  
and.it.is.important.to.know.which.type.was.being.used.before.you.hot-plugged.  
the.computer.to.the.AdderView.CATx..The.previous.setting.depends.both.on.  
the.type.of.mouse.and.the.type.of.driver,.as.various.combinations.of.PS/2.and.  
IntelliMouse.are.possible..Using.the.incorrect.restore.function.may.produce.  
unpredictable.results.and.require.the.computer.to.be.re-booted.  
3. Highlight.‘Functions’.and.press.  
.
4. As.appropriate,.highlight.one.of.the.following.options:  
•. Restore Standard Mouse.–.if.PS/2.mode.is.required,.or...  
•. Restore IntelliMouse.–.if.IntelliMouse.mode.is.required.  
. Then.press.  
.
5. Move.the.mouse.a.short.distance.and.check.for.appropriate.on-screen.  
cursor.movement..If.the.mouse.cursor.darts.erratically.around.the.screen,.  
then.cease.moving.the.mouse..This.is.an.indication.that.the.chosen.restore.  
function.is.incorrect..Try.again.using.the.other.restore.function.  
Which restore setting do I use?  
The.general.rule.is.that.unless.both.the.mouse.and.the.driver.are.both.  
IntelliMouse.compatible.then.you.need.to.restore.the.mouse.as.‘PS/2’..An.  
IntelliMouse.can.operate.in.either.mode,.whereas.a.PS/2.mouse.cannot.  
Note: The restore functions predict the likely mouse resolution settings but  
may not restore the exact speed or sensitivity settings that were originally  
set.  
Recognising an IntelliMouse-style mouse  
The.IntelliMouse.format.was.introduced.to.support,.among.other.features,.the.  
scroll.wheel.function..If.the.mouse.has.a.scroll.wheel,.then.it.is.likely.to.support.  
the.IntelliMouse.format..If.it.is.a.Microsoft-branded.mouse,.then.it.will.usually.  
state.that.it.is.an.IntelliMouse.on.its.underside.label..  
Recognising an IntelliMouse driver  
Before.hot.plugging.to.the.AdderView.CATx.(or.afterwards.using.only.keyboard.  
control),.access.the.Windows.Control.Panel.of.the.computer.and.select.either.  
the.Mouse.option.(on.Windows.NT,.2000.and.XP).or.the.System.option.(on.  
Windows.95,.98,.ME)..Look.for.the.name.of.the.driver,.which.will.usually.  
include.the.words.PS/2.or.IntelliMouse..  
ꢂꢆ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Initial IP configuration  
To use the initial IP-configuration sequence  
Set.the.options.in.each.screen.and.then.select.Next.to.proceed.  
IP.models.of.the.AdderView.CATx.family.possess.a.further.collection.of.  
configuration.options.related.specifically.to.IP.networking..It.is.important.  
that.the.options.are.correctly.set.up.for.your.installation.BEFORE.being.  
connected.to.an.open.IP.network.  
Admin password  
AdderView CATx IP Unit Config  
Enter.a.password.of.at.least.six.characters.that.has.a.mix.  
of.letters.and.numerals..The.background.colour.provides.  
an.indication.of.password.suitability.and.is.initially.red.  
to.indicate.that.the.password.is.not.sufficient..When.a.  
password.with.reasonable.strength.has.been.entered.it.  
will.change.to.green..  
Hardware  
Firmware  
Keybd Layout UK  
Admin Passwd  
Unit Name  
Time  
Date  
Encryption  
Rev  
1.5  
1
To configure IP-specific settings  
1. From.a.local.user.port.(for.security.reasons,.the.IP.configuration.option.  
cannot.be.accessed.from.remote.user.ports),.log.on.as.‘admin’.user.  
21  
4
:
27 : 31  
Jan 2008  
Time and Date  
Prefer Off  
2. Press.  
.
.(hotkeys.can.be.changed).  
.
Set.these.correctly.as.all.entries.in.the.activity.log.are.time.  
stamped.using.them.  
3. Press. .to.select.‘More.menus’.  
Encryption  
Screen  
1
of  
5
Next  
4. Select.‘Functions’.and.then.select.‘Configure.IP.port’.  
See.Encryption settings.for.a.description.of.the.issues.  
and.the.settings.  
•. If.the.unit.has.been.reset,.it.will.display..  
the.first.of.five.screens,.as.shown.opposite.  
Use DHCP/IP address/Net Mask/Gateway  
You.need.to.either.set.the.DHCP.option.to.‘Yes’.or.  
manually.enter.a.valid.IP.address,.Net.mask.and.Gateway..  
See.Networking issues.for.more.details.  
AdderView IP Network Config  
MAC Address 00:0F:58:00:00:04  
•. If.the.unit.has.been.previously.IP-configured.it..  
Use DHCP  
IP Address  
Net Mask  
Gateway  
No  
will.display.the.IP Configuration.menu,..  
VNC and HTTP ports  
192.168.42.154  
255.255.255.0  
as.shown.below.  
These.should.remain.set.to.5900.and.80,.respectively,.  
unless.they.clash.with.an.existing.setup.within.the.  
network..See.Networking issues.for.more.details.  
VNC Port  
HTTP Port  
5900  
80  
AdderView IP Configuration  
Screen  
2
of  
5
Next  
Unit Configuration  
Network Configuration  
Modem Configuration  
Modem/ISDN port details  
AdderView CATx IP Modem Config  
The.default.items.here.are.perfectly.adequate.for.  
the.majority.of.modem.and.ISDN.terminal.adapter.  
installations.  
Server IP  
Client IP  
Baud Rate  
Init String  
192.168.3.1  
192.168.3.2  
115200  
Reset Configuration  
Back  
The.Server.IP.and.Client.IP.addresses.are.used.to.form.an.  
isolated.two-device.PPP.network.connection.via.the.dial.  
up.link..Their.settings.are.not.related.to.any.other.‘real’.  
network.settings.within.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.unit..  
ATZS0=1  
Initialize Port  
Restore Defaults  
. See.Configure IP port.for.details.  
Screen  
3
of  
5
Next  
Secure keys generation  
With.every.mouse.move.and.keypress,.the.single.dash.  
will.move.across.the.screen.(unless.the.same.key.is.  
pressed.repeatedly)..Periodically,.a.new.star.character.will.  
be.added.to.the.bar.as.the.random.data.are.accepted.  
as.part.of.the.new.encryption.key..When.the.bar.is.full,.  
the.final.encryption.keys.for.your.AdderView.CATx.IP.  
will.be.created.–.this.process.takes.roughly.30.to.40.  
seconds..Once.the.secure.keys.have.been.calculated.the.  
AdderView.CATx.IP.will.show.the.IP.configuration.menu.  
AdderView CATx IP Secure Keys  
Random data is required to  
generate encryption keys  
for secure VNC access  
Please move the mouse or  
press keys until the bar  
becomes full  
Note: Screen 5 of 5 is  
displayed while the secure  
keys are being generated.  
ꢂꢇ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
IP configuration by global user  
..To configure IP details from a global user location  
1. Use.either.the.VNC.viewer.or.a.standard.web.browser.to.make.remote.  
contact.with.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.–.see.Global user connections.for.  
more.details.  
Once.the.basic.IP-related.features.have.been.configured.using.the.AdderView.  
CATx.IP.configuration.menus,.further.changes.can.be.made.by.authorised.global.  
users.via.the.VNC.interface..There.are.two.main.ways.to.use.the.VNC.interface.  
to.access.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.unit:.  
2. If.the.username.entry.is.not.blanked.out,.enter.‘admin’..Then.enter.the.  
admin.password.(if.no.password.is.set,.then.just.press. )..Once.logged.in,.  
the.AdderView.CATx.IP.will.show.the.video.output.from.the.host.system.(if.  
one.is.connected),.or.otherwise.a.‘No.Signal’.message.  
•. The VNC viewer.–.a.small.application.supplied.on.the.CD-ROM.or.  
downloadable.from.the.Adder.and.RealVNC.websites.or.even.downloadable.  
from.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.itself.  
or.  
3. Click.the.Configure.button.in.the.top.right.  
hand.corner.of.the.window.to.display.the.main.  
•. A standard browser that supports Java.–.When.a.web.browser.makes.  
contact,.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.provides.the.option.to.download.a.Java.  
application.to.it..This.allows.a.viewer.window.to.be.opened.and.operation.  
to.commence.just.as.it.would.with.the.VNC.viewer.application.  
configuration.page.  
.
Allows.you.to.create.and.manage.up.to.sixteen.separate.user.  
accounts,.each.with.separate.access.permissions.  
Allows.you.to.alter.both.basic.and.fundamental.  
settings.within.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.  
Allows.you.to.configure.all.aspects.relating.to.time.keeping.  
within.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.unit.  
Here.you.can.alter.any.of.the.existing.network.settings.plus.you.  
can.take.advantage.of.the.IP.access.control.feature.that.lets.you.  
to.specifically.include.or.exclude.certain.addresses.or.networks.  
Lets.you.setup.or.alter.the.details.concerning.  
the.modem.and.power.control.serial.ports.  
Allows.you.to.configure.user.access,.hot.key.switching.and.  
power.control.codes.for.up.to.128.host.systems.that.may.be.  
connected.to.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.via.other.cascaded.units.  
Shaded.items.signify.  
options.that.are.not..  
available.via.the.standard.  
configuration.menus.  
Provides.various.details.about.the.user.  
activity.on.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.  
For.more.information.about.each.page,.please.see.Appendix 2 -  
Configuration pages via viewer.in.the.‘Further.information’.chapter.  
ꢂ9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Encryption settings  
The.AdderView.CATx.IP.offers.a.great.deal.of.flexibility.in.its.configuration.  
and.this.extends.equally.to.its.encryption.settings.that.are.used.to.prevent.  
unauthorised.interception.of.signals..Due.to.the.variety.of.situations.in.which.  
the.AdderView.CATx.IP.might.be.used.and.the.range.of.viewer.applications.that.  
need.to.view.it,.a.number.of.settings.are.available..The.encryption.settings.to.  
use.depend.upon.how.the.potential.global.users.will.operate.  
Important.factors.to.consider.when.setting.these.options.might.be:  
•. Do.all.global.user.connections.and.operations.require.encryption?  
•. Will.some.global.users.be.using.older.VNC.viewer.versions?  
AdderView CATx IP encryption settings  
The.AdderView.CATx.IP.configuration.menu.offers.three.encryption.settings:  
•. Always on.-.This.setting.will.force.all.viewers.to.use.encryption..Note:  
This setting will preclude any VNC viewer versions that do not support  
encryption..  
•. Prefer off.-.This.setting.does.not.enforce.encryption.unless.a.viewer.  
specifically.requests.it..If.a.viewer.has.its.‘Let.server.choose’.setting,.then.an.  
un-encrypted.link.will.be.set.up.  
•. Prefer on.-.This.setting.generally.enforces.encryption.unless.an.earlier.  
viewer.version.is.unable.to.support.it,.in.which.case.the.link.will.be.un-  
encrypted..If.a.viewer.has.its.‘Let.server.choose’.setting,.then.the.link.will.be.  
encrypted.  
Viewer encryption settings  
The.web.browser.viewers.and.VNC.viewers.(of.level.4.0b5S.or.higher).offer.four.  
encryption.settings:  
•. Always on.-.This.setting.will.ensure.that.the.link.is.encrypted,.regardless.of.  
the.AdderView.CATx.IP.encryption.setting.  
•. Let server choose.-.This.setting.will.follow.the.configuration.of.the.  
AdderView.CATx.IP..If.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.has.‘Always.on’.or.‘Prefer.on’.  
set,.then.the.link.will.be.encrypted..If.the.‘Prefer.off’.setting.is.selected.at.  
the.AdderView.CATx.IP,.then.the.link.will.not.be.encrypted.  
•. Prefer off.-.This.setting.will.configure.an.un-encrypted.link.if.the.  
AdderView.CATx.IP.will.allow.it,.otherwise.it.will.be.encrypted.  
•. Prefer on.-.If.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.allows.it,.this.setting.will.configure.an.  
encrypted.link,.otherwise.it.will.be.un-encrypted..  
...  
ꢃ0  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Networking issues  
Thanks.to.its.robust.security.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.offers.you.great.flexibility.  
in.how.it.integrates.into.an.existing.network.structure..The.AdderView.CATx.IP.  
is.designed.to.reside.either.on.an.internal.network,.behind.a.firewall/router.or.  
alternatively.with.its.own.direct.Internet.connection..  
Positioning AdderView CATx IP in the network  
Every.network.setup.is.different.and.great.care.needs.to.be.taken.when.  
introducing.a.powerful.device.such.as.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.into.an.existing.  
configuration..A.common.cause.of.potential.problems.can.be.in.clashes.with.  
firewall.configurations..For.this.reason.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.is.designed.to.be.  
intelligent,.flexible.and.secure..With.the.minimum.of.effort.it.can.reside.either.  
behind.the.firewall.or.alongside.with.its.own.separate.Internet.connection.  
Firewall/  
router  
Firewall/  
router  
Local.  
network.  
connection  
CATx.link.  
to.host.  
computer  
CATx.link.  
to.host.  
computer  
Local.  
network.  
connection  
AdderView CATx IP situated  
behind the firewall  
AdderView CATx IP situated  
alongside the firewall  
IMPORTANT: When the AdderView CATx IP is accessible from the public Internet  
or dial up connection, you must ensure that sufficient security measures are  
employed.  
ꢃꢀ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Placing AdderView CATx IP behind a router or firewall  
A.possible.point.of.contention.between.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.and.a.firewall.  
can.occasionally.arise.over.the.use.of.IP.ports..Every.port.through.the.firewall.  
represents.a.potential.point.of.attack.from.outside.and.so.it.is.advisable.to.  
minimise.the.number.of.open.ports..The.AdderView.CATx.IP.usually.uses.two.  
separate.port.numbers,.however,.these.are.easily.changeable.and.can.even.be.  
combined.into.a.single.port.  
If you need to change the VNC port number  
If.you.change.the.VNC.port.to.anything.other.than.5900,.then.each.VNC.viewer.  
user.will.need.to.specify.the.port.address.as.well.as.the.IP.address..For.instance,.  
if.you.set.the.VNC.port.to.‘11590’.and.the.IP.address.is.‘192.168.47.10’.then.  
VNC.viewer.users.will.need.to.enter:.  
192.168.47.10::11590  
(Note.the.double.colons.that.separate.the.IP.address.and.port.number)..  
IMPORTANT: The correct configuration of routers and firewalls requires  
advanced networking skills and intimate knowledge of the particular network.  
Adder Technology cannot provide specific advice on how to configure your  
network devices and strongly recommend that such tasks are carried out by a  
qualified professional.  
The.firewall/router.would.also.need.to.be.informed.to.transfer.all.traffic.to.the.  
new.port.number.through.to.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.  
Addressing  
When.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.is.situated.within.the.local.network,.you.will.need.  
to.give.it.an.appropriate.local.IP.address,.IP.network.mask.and.default.gateway..  
This.is.achieved.most.easily.using.the.DHCP.server.option.which.will.apply.  
these.details.automatically..If.a.DHCP.server.is.not.available.on.the.network,.  
then.these.details.need.to.be.applied.manually.in.accordance.with.the.network.  
administrator.  
Port settings  
As.standard,.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.uses.two.ports.to.support.its.two.types.of.  
viewer:.  
•. Port 80.for.users.making.contact.with.a.web.browser,.and.  
•. Port 5900.for.those.using.the.VNC.viewer.  
The.firewall/router.must.then.be.informed.to.route.incoming.requests.to.port.  
5900.or.port.80.(if.available).through.to.the.local.address.being.used.by.the.  
AdderView.CATx.IP...  
When.these.port.numbers.are.used,.VNC.viewers.and.web.browsers.will.locate.  
the.AdderView.CATx.IP.correctly.using.only.its.network.address..The.firewall/  
router.must.be.informed.to.transfer.any.traffic.requesting.these.port.numbers.  
through.to.the.AdderView.CATx.IP..  
When a web server is also on the local network  
Port.80.is.the.standard.port.used.by.web.(HTTP).servers..If.the.AdderView.CATx.  
IP.is.situated.within.a.local.network.that.also.includes.a.web.server.or.any.other.  
device.serving.port.80.then,.if.you.want.to.use.the.web.browser.interface.from.  
outside.the.local.network.environment,.the.HTTP.port.number.of.the.AdderView.  
CATx.IP.may.need.to.be.changed.  
Remote.user.with.VNC.viewer.  
accesses.IP.address:.129.7.1.10.  
and.automatically.uses.port.  
5900..  
When.you.change.the.HTTP.port.to.anything.other.than.80,.then.each.remote.  
browser.user.will.need.to.specify.the.port.address.as.well.as.the.IP.address..For.  
instance,.if.you.set.the.HTTP.port.to.‘8000’.and.the.IP.address.is.‘192.168.47.10’.  
then.browser.users.will.need.to.enter:.  
AdderView.CATx.IP.has.a.local.  
address.and.net.mask,.i.e..  
IP.address:.192.168.0.3  
Net.mask:.255.255.255.0  
Firewall/router address:  
ꢀꢁ9.ꢆ.ꢀ.ꢀ0  
http://192.168.47.10:8000.  
(Note.the.single.colon.that.separates.the.IP.address.and.the.port.number)..  
The.firewall.routes.the.  
request.from.the.VNC.viewer.  
on.port.5900.through.to.the.  
AdderView.CATx.IP.at.local.  
address.192.168.0.3  
The.firewall/router.would.also.need.to.be.informed.to.transfer.all.traffic.to.the.  
new.port.number.through.to.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.  
.
ꢃꢁ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
To discover a DHCP-allocated IP address  
Once.a.DHCP.server.has.allocated.an.IP.address,.you.will.need.to.know.it.in.  
order.to.access.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.via.a.network.connection..To.discover.  
the.allocated.IP.address:  
1. In.network.section.of.either.the.standard configuration menus.or.the.  
configuration pages via viewer,.set.the.‘Use.DHCP’.option.to.‘Yes’.and.  
select.‘Save’..Once.the.page.is.saved,.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.will.contact.  
the.DHCP.server.and.obtain.a.new.address.  
2. Re-enter.the.same.‘Network.configuration’.screen.where.the.new.IP.address.  
and.network.mask.should.be.displayed..  
DNS addressing  
As.with.any.other.network.device,.you.can.arrange.for.your.AdderView.CATx.IP.  
to.be.accessible.using.a.name,.rather.than.an.IP.address..This.can.be.achieved.in.  
two.main.ways:  
•. For.small.networks.that.do.not.have.a.DNS.(Domain.Name.System).server,.  
edit.the.‘hosts’.files.on.the.appropriate.remote.systems..Using.the.hosts.file,.  
you.can.manually.link.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.address.to.the.required.name.  
•. For.larger.networks,.declare.the.IP.address.and.required.name.to.the.DNS.  
server.of.your.local.network..  
The.actual.steps.required.to.achieve.either.of.these.options.are.beyond.the.  
scope.of.this.document....  
...  
ꢃꢂ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Placing AdderView CATx IP alongside the firewall  
AdderView.CATx.IP.is.built.from.the.ground-up.to.be.secure..It.employs.a.  
sophisticated.128bit.public/private.key.system.that.has.been.rigorously.analysed.  
and.found.to.be.highly.secure.(a.security.white.paper.is.available.upon.request.  
from.Adder.Technology.Ltd)..Therefore,.you.can.position.the.AdderView.CATx.  
IP.alongside.the.firewall.and.control.hosts.that.are.also.IP.connected.within.the.  
local.network.  
Security.can.be.further.improved.by.using.the.following.suggestions:  
•. Place.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.behind.a.firewall.and.use.the.port.numbers.to.  
route.the.VNC.network.traffic.to.an.internal.IP.address.  
•. Review.the.activity.log.from.time.to.time.to.check.for.unauthorised.use..  
•. Lock.your.server.consoles.after.they.have.been.used...  
A.security.white.paper.that.gives.further.details.is.available.upon.request.from.  
Adder.Technology.Limited..  
IMPORTANT: If you make the AdderView CATx IP accessible from the public  
Internet or from a modem, care should be taken to ensure that the maximum  
security available is activated. You are strongly advised to enable encryption and  
use a strong password. Security may be further improved by restricting client  
IP addresses, using a non-standard port number for access or limiting remote  
access to dial up connections only...  
Ports  
In.this.configuration.there.should.be.no.constraints.on.the.port.numbers.  
because.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.will.probably.be.the.only.device.at.that.IP.  
address..Therefore,.maintain.the.HTTP.port.as.80.and.the.VNC.port.as.5900.  
Addressing  
Ensuring sufficient security  
When.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.is.situated.alongside.the.firewall,.it.will.require.a.  
public.static.IP.address.(i.e..one.provided.by.your.Internet.service.provider).  
The.security.capabilities.offered.by.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.are.only.truly.effective.  
when.they.are.correctly.used..An.open.or.weak.password.or.unencrypted.link.  
can.cause.security.loopholes.and.opportunities.for.potential.intruders..For.  
network.links.in.general.and.direct.Internet.connections.in.particular,.you.should.  
carefully.consider.and.implement.the.following:  
More.addressing.information:  
•. Ensure.that.encryption.is.enabled...  
•. Ensure.that.you.have.selected.secure.passwords.with.at.least.8.characters.  
and.a.mixture.of.upper.and.lower.case.and.numeric.characters..  
•. Reserve.the.admin.password.for.administration.use.only.and.use.a.non-  
admin.user.profile.for.day-to-day.access...  
•. Use.the.latest.Secure.VNC.viewer.(this.has.more.in-built.security.than.is.  
available.with.the.Java.viewer)..To.download the viewer.  
•. Use.non-standard.port numbers..  
•. Restrict.the.range.of.IP.addresses.that.are.allowed.to.access.the.AdderView.  
CATx.IP.to.only.those.that.you.will.need.to.use..To.restrict IP access.  
•. Do.NOT.Force.VNC.protocol.3.3..Configuration page via viewer.  
•. Add.a.further.level.of.inherent.security.by.restricting.access.only.via.modem.  
or.ISDN.dialup.  
•. Ensure.that.the.computer.accessing.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.is.clean.of.  
viruses.and.spyware.and.has.up-to-date.firewall.and.anti-virus.software.  
loaded.that.is.appropriately.configured..  
•. Avoid.accessing.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.from.public.computers.  
ꢃꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Power switching configuration  
Power control sequences  
Power.switch.configuration.comprises.two.main.steps:  
Note: The settings given below are for the EPS-S8 power switch - other power  
switches may require different settings. Please refer to your power switch  
documentation for details about codes required by other power switches.  
•. Configure.the.POWER CONTROL.serial.port.to.the.same.speed.as.used.by.the.  
power.switch.box(es),.either.via configuration menu.or.via configuration  
page..  
The.structure.of.each.power.sequence.(OFF.and.ON).is.as.follows:  
•. Configure.power.ON.and.OFF.strings.for.each.relevant.host.computer.  
Pxy=z\0D.  
For.each.power.port.there.needs.to.be.a.valid.‘Power.ON.string’.and.similarly.an.  
appropriate.‘Power.OFF.string’..In.each.case,.the.strings.are.a.short.sequence.of.  
characters.that.combine.a.port.address.and.a.power.on.or.off.value..  
Where:.  
x.is.the.switch.box.number,  
y.is.the.power.port.number,..  
z.is.‘0’.for.OFF.or.‘1’.for.ON,.and  
\0D.represents.Enter.(or.Carriage.return).  
If.a.particular.computer.has.more.than.one.power.input.(and.thus.requires.an.  
equivalent.number.of.power.ports.to.control.them),.collections.of.strings.can.be.  
combined.to.switch.all.of.the.required.ports.together.as.a.group.  
To configure the power sequences for each host computer  
1. Using.VNC.viewer.or.a.browser,.log.on.as.the.‘admin’.user.  
Example 1  
To.switch.ON.port.5.of.switch.box.2,.the.code.would.be.as.follows:  
2. Click.the.‘Configure’.button.in.the.top.right.corner.  
3. Click.the.‘Host.configuration’.option.  
•. Power.sequence:..  
P25=1\0D  
Example 2  
4. Click.a.host.entry.to.display.a.Host.configuration.dialog:  
To.switch.OFF.port.8.of.switch.box.3,.the.code.would.be.as.follows:  
•. Power.sequence:.. P38=0\0D  
For.details.about.operating.this.feature,.see.Power switching (via  
Operation.chapter.  
To control two or more ports simultaneously  
You.can.control.up.to.four.power.ports.using.a.single.sequence..This.is.done.  
using.the.same.command.structure.as.shown.above,.plus.a.delay.command,.  
for.each.port..Immediately.following.a.port.command,.insert.the.characters.  
‘\*’.before.the.next.port.command,.and.so.on.up.to.four.ports..For.instance,.to.  
switch.on.ports.1.and.2.in.the.first.power.switch,.the.command.line.would.be:  
5. If.necessary,.configure.other.parameters.(Name,.Users,.Hot.Keys.-.MORE).  
6. Enter.the.Power control sequences.in.the.Power.On.and.Power.Off.fields.  
7. Click.OK.to.close.the.dialog.and.then.click.the.Save.button.in.the.main.Host.  
.
P11=1\0D\*P12=1\0D  
Configuration.window.to.store.the.details.  
ꢃꢄ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
The KVMADMIN utility  
Particularly.useful.for.complex.AdderView.CATx.IP.configurations.and.the.  
control.of.remote.installations,.KVMADMIN.is.a.powerful.administration.tool.  
KVMADMIN.is.based.upon.the.successful.VNC.viewer.and.uses.the.same.  
security.system..Rather.than.a.graphical.interface.such.as.the.standard.viewer,.  
KVMADMIN.uses.command.line.control.to.provide.the.following.administration.  
facilities:  
•. Discover.and.adjust.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.configuration,.including.host.  
systems,  
•. Save.and.restore.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.configuration,  
•. Set.user.names.and.passwords,  
•. Download.the.event.log,  
•. Set.custom.video.modes.  
The.use.of.KVMADMIN.is.strictly.limited.to.the.‘admin’.user.and.for.security.  
purposes.it.is.not.possible.to.retrieve.user.names.or.passwords.from.the.  
AdderView.CATx.IP.  
To.use.KVMADMIN.you.require.the.IP.address.and.admin.password.of.the.  
AdderView.CATx.IP.unit..The.command.line.is.as.follows:  
kvmadmin <command> <ip address> [<parameters>]  
where.<command>.is.one.of.the.following:  
•. -setconfig.<config-file>  
•. -getconfig.<config-file>  
•. -setusers.<csv-file>  
•. -getlog.<log-file>  
•. -gethosts.<csv-file>  
•. -sethosts.<csv-file>  
•. -setmodes.<csv-file>.  
For.instance,.the.command.line:  
kvmadmin -getconfig kvm1.cfg 192.168.2.1  
....downloads.the.current.configuration.from.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.unit.at.the.  
given.address.and.stores.it.in.the.local.file.kvm1.cfg.  
Whereas.the.command.line:  
kvmadmin -setusers users.csv 192.168.2.1  
....configures.the.usernames.and.passwords.for.the.same.unit.from.the.local.file  
users.csv.  
For.more.information.about.KVMADMIN,.please.refer.to.the.user.notes.supplied.  
with.the.utility......  
ꢃꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Performing upgrades  
4 - Power on the AdderView CATx  
The.AdderView.CATx.and.CATx.IP.units.are.fully.reconfigurable.via.flash.  
upgrades,.as.are.the.individual.Computer.Access.Modules.that.are.used.to.link.  
all.host.computers..The.AdderView.CATx.IP.models.operate.in.a.slightly.different.  
manner.to.the.non-IP.models.and.so.are.upgraded.differently:  
. Attach.the.power.adapter.to.the.AdderView.CATx..The.USER.display.should.  
now.show. .which.indicates.that.the.AdderView.CATx.is.ready.to.be.  
upgraded.  
•. AdderView.CATx.models.and.Computer.Access.Modules.require.a.Windows-  
5 - Run the KVM Firmware Uploader utility  
. From.that.folder,.select.the.KVMUploader.icon.to.run.the.upgrade.utility..  
The.KVM.Firmware.Uploader.dialog.will.be.displayed:  
based.computer.system.to.be.linked.via.the.COM1/UPGRADE.port..  
•. AdderView CATx IP models.are.upgraded.via.IP.link.and.require.a.  
network-connected.Windows-based.computer.system.  
Upgrading AdderView CATx models and CAMs  
The.KVM.Firmware.Uploader.utility.is.available.from.the.Adder.Technology.  
website.(www.adder.com).and.allows.you.to.check.the.current.revision.of.  
the.AdderView.CATx.unit.firmware.as.well.as.every.Computer.Access.Module.  
connected.to.it.  
Items required to use the upgrade utility  
•. Supplied.serial.upgrade.cable.(see.Appendix 7.for.pin-out.specifications).  
•. A.Windows-based.upgrade.computer.with.an.RS232.serial.port.  
•. The.latest.version.of.the.KVM.Firmware.Uploader.and.firmware.files.for.the.  
AdderView.CATx.-.available.from.the.Technical Support > Firmware Updates.  
section.of.the.Adder.Technology.website.(www.adder.com)..  
To use the KVM Firmware Uploader utility  
1 - Obtain and run the KVM Firmware Uploader.  
. Download.the.latest.AdderView.CATx.KVM.Firmware.Uploader.from.the.  
Adder.Technology.website.and.install.it.on.a.Windows-based.upgrade.  
computer.that.will.be.connected.to.the.AdderView.CATx.unit..The.files.  
are.supplied.as.a.compressed.ZIP.file..Decompress.the.ZIP.file.with.an.  
appropriate.tool.such.as.WinZip.(www.winzip.com).and.copy.all.contained.  
files.to.the.same.folder.on.the.upgrade.computer..  
6 - Query the AdderView CATx unit  
. Click.the.Query Unit.button.to.confirm.that.communication.is.possible.with.  
the.AdderView.CATx.and.to.establish.the.firmware.details.of.the.main.unit.  
and.all.connected.CAMs.  
2 - Power off the AdderView CATx and select flash upgrade mode  
. Remove.the.power.supply.plug(s).from.the.rear.panel.of.the.AdderView.  
CATx.and.move.option.switch.1.on.the.back.of.the.AdderView.CATx.to.the.  
ON.position.(down)..  
. Note: The computer to which each CAM is connected must be powered  
before the respective CAM can be accessed.  
Note: AdderView CATx units in lower levels of cascade links (and their  
respective CAMs) cannot be queried or upgraded while remaining in the  
cascade arrangement.  
3 - Connect the upgrade computer to the AdderView CATx  
. Connect.the.upgrade.computer.to.the.COM1/UPGRADE.port.on.the.rear.panel.  
of.the.AdderView.CATx.unit.using.the.supplied.upgrade.cable..You.do.not.  
need.to.set.the.serial.baud.rate.and.protocol.because.the.upgrade.program.  
will.do.this.automatically.  
If.the.application.cannot.contact.the.AdderView.CATx,.re-check.the.  
connection.cable.and.click.the.Advanced....button.to.check.that.the.correct.  
serial.port.is.being.used..Change.the.serial.port.within.the.Advanced.  
section,.if.necessary...  
continued  
ꢃꢆ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
. The.results.of.the.unit.query.will.be.displayed.in.the.Device/Dongle.Selection.  
dialog:..  
Check that the  
‘Intended Target  
Units’ field  
matches the ‘Unit  
Connected’ field.  
Check also that  
the ‘New firmware  
version’ is greater  
than the ‘Current  
firmware version’.  
. The.type.and.firmware.revision.of.each.discovered.CAM.will.be.displayed.  
alongside.the.port.number.to.which.it.is.connected.  
7 - Select the items to be upgraded  
. Using.the.Device/Dongle.Selection.dialog.you.can.determine.which.items.  
should.receive.a.firmware.upgrade:  
•. Use.the.Program / Verify Main Unit.option.to.include.or.exclude.the.  
AdderView.CATx.unit.itself.  
9 - Commence the upgrade  
. To.begin.the.upgrade.process,.click.the.Upload Now.button..The.progress.  
will.be.shown.within.the.dialog..Should.you.decide.not.to.continue.with.  
the.upload.at.any.stage,.click.the.Abort.button;.response.to.this.is.usually.  
immediate,.however,.during.an.erase.command,.the.upload.will.not.be.  
aborted.until.the.erase.is.complete.(this.may.take.a.few.seconds).  
•. Use.the.Select All CAMs.option.to.upgrade.every.discovered.CAM.  
•. Use.the.Select All USB / PS2 / Sun CAMs.options.to.upgrade.only.CAMs.  
of.a.certain.type.  
•. Use.the.individual.port.options.to.select.particular.CAM.devices.to.  
upgrade.  
10 - Change option switch 1 to the OFF position and cycle the power  
. Click.switch.1.on.the.rear.of.the.AdderView.CATx.to.the.OFF.position.and.  
disconnect.the.power..When.the.power.is.re-applied.the.AdderView.CATx.  
will.operate.using.the.new.firmware.  
. When.the.required.options.have.been.selected,.click.OK.  
. Note: Approximate upgrade times are: AdderView CATx unit = 4½ minutes;  
each selected CAM = 20 seconds.  
8 - Select the upgrade file to be used  
. From.the.main.KVM.Firmware.Uploader.dialog,.click.the.Browse....button.  
and.select.the.upgrade.file.that.is.appropriate.to.your.AdderView.CATx.unit:  
Issues to consider when performing flash upgrades  
The.upgrade.program.rewrites.the.AdderView.CATx.firmware.code..If.the.  
upgrade.process.is.interrupted.then.the.AdderView.CATx.will.have.invalid.code.  
and.will.not.be.able.to.operate..It.is.therefore.good.practice.to.ensure.that.the.  
upgrade.process.is.always.fully.completed..A.partial.or.failed.upgrade.may.be.  
rectified.by.performing.another.upgrade..If.the.upgrade.process.is.interrupted.  
accidentally.then.you.should.immediately.repeat.the.upgrade.process.without.  
moving.switch.1.from.the.upgrade.(ON).position..Switch.1.forces.the.AdderView.  
CATx.into.flash.upgrade.mode.and.prevents.the.upgraded.code.from.being.run..  
Running.faulty.or.partially.upgraded.code.may.have.unpredictable.results.and.  
may.damage.your.AdderView.CATx.or.computing.equipment..  
. AdderView.CATx.16.port:..  
. AdderView.CATx.IP.16.port:..  
. AdderView.CATx.24.port:..  
. AdderView.CATx.IP.24.port:..  
AD_CAT16.TXT  
AD_IP16.TXT  
AD_CAT24.TXT.  
AD_IP24.TXT  
. .The.upgrade.file.details.will.be.displayed.within.the.dialog.  
. IMPORTANT: Check that the ‘Intended Target Units’ field matches the  
‘Unit Connected’ field. If these fields do not match then you may have an  
incorrect upgrade file, check with Adder Technology Ltd before proceeding.  
Check also that the ‘New firmware version’ is greater than the ‘Current  
firmware version’.  
WARNING: Running faulty or partially upgraded code may have unpredictable  
results and may damage your AdderView CATx or computing equipment.  
ꢃꢇ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Upgrading AdderView CATx IP models  
The.AdderView.CATx.IP.models.are.upgraded.via.global.connection.(through.the.  
IP.network.port)..Upgrades.are.digitally.signed.by.Adder.using.a.secure.key..This.  
prevents.unauthorised.or.altered.firmware.images.being.downloaded.into.the.  
AdderView.CATx.IP.  
7. Click.the.Browse.button.and.locate.the..bin.upgrade.file.that.you.  
downloaded.earlier..The.AdderView.CATx.IP.will.show.the.following.screen:  
To upgrade AdderView CATx IP models  
1. Download.the.latest.firmware.revision.for.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.from.the.  
Adder.website.and.decompress.the.download.file..View.the.decompressed.  
files.and.make.a.note.of.the.name.and.location.of.the..bin.file.that.was.part.  
of.the.download.file.collection..  
2. Make.a.global connection.to.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.unit.and.login.as.the.  
admin.user..  
2. Once.logged.in,.click.the.Configure.button.in.the.top.right.corner.of.the.  
window.  
3. Click.the.Unit Configuration.button.  
4. Click.the.Advanced Unit Configuration.button.  
8. Select.which.portion.of.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.that.you.wish.to.upgrade..  
Tick.both.options.to.upgrade.the.complete.unit..When.ready,.click.the.  
Perform upgrade.button.  
5. Click.the.Upgrade Firmware.button..The.following.dialog.will.be.displayed:  
. The.upgrade.will.take.place.and.its.progress.will.be.shown.on.screen..  
6. Click.OK..The.AdderView.CATx.IP.is.now.ready.to.accept.the.upgrade.files..  
Open.your.browser.and.log.into.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.using.the.IP.address.  
that.was.confirmed.in.the.dialog..Once.connected,.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.  
will.offer.the.following.screen:  
ꢃ9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Operation  
The front panel controls  
COMPUTER button and numeric indicator  
AdderView CATx models  
These.items.allow.you.to.select.any.one.of.the.AdderView.CATx.computer.  
ports..As.you.press.the.COMPUTER.button,.the.adjacent.number.will.increment.  
to.the.next.available.computer.channel..The.computer.port.selected.will.then.be.  
connected.to.the.current.user.port.  
Computer button and  
numeric indicator  
User port mouse  
activity indicators indicator  
Power  
User button and  
numeric indicator  
USER button and numeric indicator  
These.items.allow.you.to.select.any.one.of.the.AdderView.CATx.user.ports..  
As.you.press.the.USER.button,.the.adjacent.number.will.increment.to.the.next.  
available.user.port..At.the.same.time,.as.each.user.port.number.is.displayed,.the.  
computer.channel.that.is.currently.associated.with.that.port.will.be.indicated.by.  
the.COMPUTER.indicator..  
User port  
keyboard  
Auxiliary  
power  
activity indicators  
indicator  
Accessing the AdderView CATx  
The.AdderView.CATx.and.CATx.IP.offer.three.main.ways.to.gain.access:.  
•. Local user access,  
AdderView CATx IP models  
Computer button and  
numeric indicator  
User port activity  
indicators  
Power  
indicator  
User button and  
numeric indicator  
•. Remote user access.via.an.X100/X200.extender,.or  
•. Global user access.via.IP.network.link.or.direct.dial.up.  
Indicators  
•. VNC.Indicates.that.a.global.user.is.connected.and.active.  
•. ꢀ00..Indicates.the.Ethernet.network.speed.(10/100Mbs).  
•. DAT.Network.activity.indication.  
•. LNK.Network.link.present.  
•. AUX.Auxiliary.power.input.indicator..  
ꢄ0  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Local and remote user access  
Selecting a computer  
Local.users.(directly.connected).and.remote.users.(via.an.Adder.X100/X200.  
extender).gain.access.to.the.AdderView.CATx.unit.in.exactly.the.same.way..  
Global users,.linking.via.a.special.viewer,.are.handled.in.a.different.manner..  
There.are.four.main.ways.for.local.and.remote.users.to.select.a.specific.  
computer.channel:  
Using the front panel controls.(discussed.below).–.this.is.a.straightforward.  
method,.if.the.AdderView.CATx.is.nearby.  
To gain access as a local or remote user:  
1. From.a.local.or.remote.keyboard,.press.any.key.to.display.the.login.prompt:  
Using hotkeys.–.this.is.a.good.method.if.you.continually.access.a.small.  
number.of.computers.  
ADDERVIEW CATx IP  
User Name:  
Enter your Login  
name here  
Using the on-screen menu.–.this.is.the.best.method.when.there.are.many.  
connected.computers.  
Password:  
Port 1 login  
Esc-Scr Save  
Using mouse buttons.–.this.is.a.good.method.for.cycling.between.a.small.  
number.of.computers.  
If the above login prompt is not displayed, you  
are either already logged in to the AdderView  
CATx unit, or the security features have not been  
implemented. In such cases see ‘To view this menu  
at any time’ below.  
For.all.methods.(if.the.confirmation box option.is.enabled),.when.the.required.  
port.is.selected,.a.pop.up.message.will.be.displayed.to.confirm.the.computer.  
name.or.number,.and.its.status..Alternatively,.an.error.message.explaining.why.a.  
connection.is.not.possible.(press. .to.cancel.the.latter.type.of.message).  
2. Enter.your.username.and.password..Providing.you.have.the.correct.  
permissions,.the.screen.will.display.the.main.menu,.showing.you.a.list.of.  
computers.for.which.you.have.permission.to.access:.  
To avoid the ‘hall of mirrors’ effect  
IMPORTANT: Never configure a system so that your viewer is viewing itself.  
These indicators show  
which systems are  
currently accessible  
(green) or inaccessible  
(red).  
ADDERVIEW CATx IP  
When.controlling.a.host.computer.via.the.local.user.port.or.a.remote.user.port,.  
if.the.host.computer.is.networked.it.is.possible.to.make.the.VNC.viewer.or.a.  
browser.to.create.a.link.back.to.itself.via.the.global.(IP).capabilities.of.the.unit..  
This.will.set.up.a.‘hall.of.mirrors’.effect,.where.the.computer.is.viewing.itself..  
into.infinity.  
Computer  
Port  
01  
Computer 1  
Computer 2  
Computer 3  
Computer 4  
Computer 5  
Computer 6  
Computer 7  
Computer 8  
User port 1  
ADMIN  
02  
03  
04  
05  
06  
07  
08  
Default names for  
each computer port  
This column shows  
the AdderView CATx  
address for each  
computer. If you  
wanted to select ports  
using the hotkey  
method, these are  
addresses that you  
would enter.  
While.technically.possible,.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.unit.is.not.designed.to.  
withstand.this.treatment.and.could.sustain.damage......  
Identification of  
your user port  
Status  
SHARED USE  
To select a computer using the front panel controls  
Note: It is possible for the front panel controls to be limited to selecting only  
the on screen menu or a blank screen. If this is the case please use a different  
switching method or contact your system administrator for details.  
Link status of your  
user port  
Your Login name  
F1-More menus F3-Find  
F2-Adj.Video F4-Logout  
1. Press.the.USER.button.until.the.adjacent.numeric.indicator.displays.the.port.  
number.to.which.you.are.connected.  
To.view.this.menu.at.any.time:.Press.and.hold.the.hotkeys.(usually.  
then.press. .and.finally.release.all.three.keys.  
.and.  
),.  
2. Press.the.COMPUTER.button.until.the.adjacent.numeric.indicator.shows.the.  
required.computer.channel.number..  
Note: The  
and  
keys when pressed in combination are called ‘hotkeys’  
and they signal to the AdderView CATx that you wish to control it, rather than  
the host computer. However, if these particular hotkeys clash with another  
device or program, then your administrator may change them to a different  
Note: If security has been enabled then only computer channels to which  
the current user port has permission will be displayed.  
combination. If the  
your system administrator for details.  
.
.
combination fails to work, then please contact  
As.well.as.the.16.(or.24).standard.computer.ports,.there.are.also.two.  
additional.special.ports.that.appear.after.the.last.port,.either.16.or.24:  
. This.port.provides.no.video.signal.so.that.a.connected.power.saving.  
monitor.will.be.prompted.to.enter.into.its.power.saving.mode.  
. This.port.connects.the.current.user.port.to.the.on-screen.menu..  
ꢄꢀ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
To select a computer using hotkeys  
Standard hotkeys  
1. Simultaneously.press.and.hold.  
.and.  
.
The.range.of.hotkey.combinations.are.as.follows:  
Note: The  
and  
keys when pressed in combination are called  
Note: If your hotkeys have been changed, substitute them for  
the examples given here.  
and  
in  
‘hotkeys’ and they signal to the AdderView CATx that you wish to control  
it, rather than the computer. However, if these particular hotkeys clash with  
another device or program, then your administrator may change them to a  
different combination. If the  
contact the system administrator for details.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
Selects.port.1  
Selects.port.2  
combination fails to work, then please  
•.  
•.  
2. While.still.holding.  
address,.then:.  
.and.  
,.press.the.first.numeral.of.the.required.port.  
.
.
.
.
.then.  
.then.  
.
.
Selects.port.10  
•.  
.
•. If.the.port.address.is.a.single.character,.release.all.of.the.keys.  
Selects.port.24  
•. If.the.port.address.is.two.or.more.characters,.release.the.first.numeral.  
key.and.press.the.second.–.repeat.this.procedure.until.all.of.the.port.  
Note: When entering multiple digit addresses as  
above or for even longer cascaded computers,  
address.numerals.have.been.entered,.then.release.  
.and.  
...  
keep  
and  
pressed down until all other  
Note: The numbers on your keyboard’s numeric keypad are not valid, use  
only the numeral keys above the QWERTY section.  
numbers have been entered.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
Selects.the.next.available.port  
Note: If your user port does not have authorisation to view the selected port  
then an ‘Insufficient user rights’ messages will be displayed.  
Selects.autoscan.mode.where.each.(authorised).  
port.is.displayed.for.a.period.determined.by.  
the.administrator..To.cancel.autoscan.mode,.  
simply.select.any.fixed.channel.using.any.of.the.  
suggested.methods.  
.
.
.
.
.
Switches.off.the.video.signal.–.this.will.cause.  
a.power.saving.monitor.to.enter.its.standby.  
mode..To.awaken.the.monitor,.simply.select.  
any.fixed.channel.using.any.of.the.suggested.  
methods.  
.
.
Logs.out.the.current.user.(if.security.is.enabled).  
or.selects.port.0.to.disable.the.video.signal.(if.  
security.is.disabled).  
.&. ,. ,. .or. .. Moves.the.currently.displayed.on-screen.menu.  
around.the.screen..  
ꢄꢁ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
To select a computer using the on-screen menu  
To select a computer using mouse buttons  
1. Select.the.on-screen.menu.in.one.of.three.ways:.  
Note: This procedure works only with three-button or IntelliMouse devices and  
only if the ‘Mouse Switching’ option has been enabled by your administrator.  
•. By.simultaneously.pressing.and.then.releasing.  
.
.
..  
1. Hold.down.the.middle.button.(or.scroll.wheel).of.the.mouse.  
•. By.pressing.the.middle.and.right.buttons.of.a.three.button.mouse,.or  
2. Click.the.left.mouse.button.to.select.the.next.computer.port..When.the.  
correct.port.is.reached,.release.the.middle.button..  
Note: The mouse switching option is usable only if the ‘Mouse  
Switching’ option is enabled. See Global preferences for more details.  
Note: If security has been enabled then only computers to which you have  
permission will be displayed.  
•. By.selecting.port. .using.the.front.panel.buttons.(see.previous)...  
At.this.point,.depending.on.the.security.settings.and.the.current.log.in.  
situation,.one.of.two.things.will.be.displayed,.either.the.login.screen,.or.the.  
Selection.menu:  
To select a computer using mouse buttons – Advanced method  
1. Select.the.on-screen.menu.by.pressing.the.middle.and.right.buttons.of.a.  
three.button.mouse.  
. The login screen.-.here.you.enter.a.valid.User.Name.and.Password.–.see.  
Logging in and out.for.more.details..When.you.do.so,.the.AdderView.  
CATx.selection.menu.will.be.displayed:.  
2. Use.the.scroll.wheel.to.highlight.the.required.computer.port.  
3. Then,.select.either:  
. The Selection Menu.–.here.you.can.select.computers.by.name.  
•. Shared Use.-.press.the.left.mouse.button.-.This.standard.method.allows.  
other.users.to.view.the.same.computer.port..Control.of.the.port.is.  
given.to.one.user.at.a.time,.on.a.first-come,.first-served.basis.and.is.  
relinquished.after.a.certain.period.of.inactivity.  
2. Use.the. .and. .keys.(or.the.scroll.wheel.of.an.IntelliMouse).to.highlight.  
the.required.computer.name..Alternatively.(for.large.configurations),.press.  
.to.perform.an.alphabetical.search.for.a.particular.port.name.  
Note: If security has been enabled then only computers to which the current  
user port has permission will be displayed.  
•. Exclusive Use.-.press.  
.and.the.left.mouse.button.–.This.mode.  
prevents.any.other.user.from.viewing.or.controlling.the.computer.  
port.until.you.either.select.another.computer.or.log.off..This.mode.  
should.be.used.with.care.–.it.can.also.be.blocked.as.an.option.by.the.  
administrator.  
3. Select.the.highlighted.port.in.one.of.three.ways:  
•. Shared use.-.press. .-.This.standard.method.allows.other.users.to.view.  
the.same.computer.port..Control.of.the.port.is.given.to.one.user.at.a.  
time,.on.a.first-come,.first-served.basis.and.is.relinquished.after.a.certain.  
period.of.inactivity.  
•. Video Only.-.press.  
.and.the.left.mouse.button.–.This.mode.displays.  
the.video.picture.of.the.port,.but.prevents.keyboard.or.mouse.activity.  
from.controlling.the.computer.  
•. Exclusive use.-.press.  
.
.–.This.mode.prevents.any.other.user.from.  
viewing.or.controlling.the.computer.port.until.you.either.select.another.  
computer.or.log.off..This.mode.should.be.used.with.care.–.it.can.also.be.  
blocked.as.an.option.by.the.administrator.  
•. Escape without selecting a port.–.press.the.right.mouse.button.  
•. Video Only.-.press.  
.–.This.mode.displays.the.video.picture.of.  
.
the.port,.but.prevents.keyboard.or.mouse.activity.from.controlling.the.  
computer.  
ꢄꢂ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Logging in and out  
Selecting cascaded computers  
The.AdderView.CATx.features.a.straightforward.security.system.that.helps.to.  
The.AdderView.CATx.is.not.limited.to.sharing.just.sixteen.or.twenty.four.  
computers..By.joining.numerous.AdderView.CATx.products.together.in.a.tree-  
like.or.cascade.arrangement,.it.is.possible.for.each.user.port.to.view.many.more.  
computers..Although.you.can.use.exactly.the.same.selection.methods.to.choose.  
any.computer,.you.are.strongly.recommended.to.use.the.on.screen.menu.  
method.for.the.following.reasons:  
prevent.unauthorised.access.to.some,.or.all.connected.computers..  
If.the.security.option.has.been.selected.by.your.administrator.then.you.will.be.  
asked.to.enter.a.User Name.and.Password.when.you.first.access.a.user.port..  
When.you.have.finished.using.the.computer,.it.is.then.good.practice.to.logout,.  
forcing.any.other.users.to.authenticate.themselves.prior.to.use.  
•. The.on screen menu.–.this.method.displays.the.names.of.each.computer.in.  
alphabetical.order.and.also.allows.you.to.search.for.them.by.name,.press.  
–.a.useful.feature.in.a.long.list..This.really.is.the.best.way.to.access.a.large.  
number.of.computers..  
Note: If the security option has not been enabled then no login is required.  
To log in to the AdderView CATx  
1. If.it.is.not.already.displayed,.move.the.mouse.or.press.any.key.to.display.the.  
log.in.screen.  
•. The.mouse method.–.this.method.is.fine.for.small.numbers.of.computers.  
but.can.take.too.long.to.reach.the.required.computer.in.an.extensive.  
configuration.  
ADDERVIEW CATx IP  
User Name:  
Password:  
Port 1 login  
•. The.hotkey method.–.depending.on.their.position.within.the.connection.  
structure,.each.computer.can.have.an.address.up.to.six.digits.long.which.  
can.be.difficult.to.remember.and.laborious.to.type.  
Esc-Scr Save  
2. Enter.your.designated.User Name.and.press.  
.
3. Enter.your.designated.Password.and.press. ..If.both.entries.are.correct.  
then.the.selected.port.will.be.displayed.  
The confirmation box  
The.AdderView.CATx.provides.the.option.of.a.confirmation.box.that.is.displayed.  
on.screen.for.three.seconds.after.a.computer.is.selected..The.confirmation.box.  
indicates.the.current.user.port.and.your.user.name,.the.selected.computer.  
and.the.connection.status..You.can.enable.or.disable.the.confirmation.box,.as.  
required.  
Note: If either the User Name or Password are incorrect, the entries will be  
cleared to allow another attempt.  
To log out from the AdderView CATx  
Either:  
•. Press.  
or  
.
.and. .at.any.time.to.log.out.  
To enable/disable the confirmation box  
1. Select.the.on-screen.menu.in.one.of.three.ways:.  
•. By.simultaneously.pressing.and.then.releasing.  
.
.
..  
1. Select.the.on-screen.menu.in.one.of.three.ways:.  
•. By.simultaneously.pressing.and.then.releasing.  
•. By.pressing.the.middle.and.right.buttons.of.a.three.button.mouse,.or  
•. By.selecting.port. .using.the.front.panel.buttons.  
If.you.are.not.already.logged.in.(see.left),.do.so.now.  
2. Press. .to.select.‘More.menus’.  
.
.
..  
Note: The  
and  
hotkeys may have been changed. If the  
combination fails to work, then please contact the system administrator  
for details.  
•. By.pressing.the.middle.and.right.buttons.of.a.three.button.mouse,.or  
•. By.selecting.port. .using.the.front.panel.buttons  
3. Highlight.the.‘User.Preferences’.option.and.press. .to.select..  
4. Highlight.the.‘Confirmation.Box’.option.and.press.  
.to.select.  
2. Press. ..You.will.be.logged.out.and.the.login.window.will.be.re-displayed..  
‘ENABLED’.or.‘DISABLED’,.as.required.  
5. Press. .to.save.the.settings..Press. .twice.more.to.return.to.the.computer.  
port.and.view.your.changes.  
ꢄꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
The reminder banner  
Routing status  
As.many.computer.screen.layouts.can.appear.very.similar,.the.AdderView.CATx.  
provides.a.reminder.banner.option.that.indicates.which.computer.port.you.are.  
currently.viewing..The.banner.is.usually.displayed.at.the.top.of.the.screen,.using.  
blue.lettering.and.transparent.background..You.can:  
On.occasions.it.may.be.useful.to.know.which.computers.are.being.accessed,.in.  
which.modes.and.by.whom..The.most.common.reason.for.this.would.be.if.you.  
were.denied.access.to.a.computer.port.and.needed.to.find.out.if.another.user.  
has.selected.‘Exclusive’.access..For.this.purpose.the.AdderView.CATx.provides.  
the.very.handy.Routing.status.feature.which.provides.an.‘at.a.glance’.view.of.all.  
current.user.connections..  
•. Move.the.banner  
•. Change.the.banner.colours,.and/or  
•. Disable.the.banner.  
To use the Routing status feature  
1. Select.the.on-screen.menu.in.one.of.three.ways:.  
To move the reminder banner  
1. While.viewing.a.computer.port,.press.and.hold.  
•. By.simultaneously.pressing.and.then.releasing.  
.
.
..  
.and.  
.
Note: The and hotkeys may have been changed. If the  
combination fails to work, then please contact the system administrator  
for details.  
Note: The and hotkeys may have been changed. If the combination  
fails to work, then please contact the system administrator for details.  
2. Press.the. ,. ,. .and. .keys.to.move.the.banner.to.the.required.  
•. By.pressing.the.middle.and.right.buttons.of.a.three.button.mouse,.or  
•. By.selecting.port. .using.the.front.panel.buttons.  
If.you.are.not.already.logged in,.do.so.now.  
position.  
To change banner colours or disable the banner  
1. Select.the.on-screen.menu.in.one.of.three.ways:.  
2. Press. .to.select.‘More.menus’.  
•. By.simultaneously.pressing.and.then.releasing.  
.
.
..  
3. Use. .or.your.mouse.scroll.wheel.to.highlight.the.‘Routing.status’.option..  
•. By.pressing.the.middle.and.right.buttons.of.a.three.button.mouse,.or  
•. By.selecting.port. .using.the.front.panel.buttons.  
If.you.are.not.already.logged in,.do.so.now.  
4. Press. .or.the.left.mouse.button.to.select..The.Routing.status.screen.will.  
be.displayed:.  
2. Press. .to.select.‘More.menus’.  
3. Highlight.the.‘User.Preferences’.option.and.press. .to.select..  
4. Select.the.required.option:  
•. To.disable.the.banner.–.highlight.‘Reminder.Banner’.and.press.  
.
until.‘DISABLED’.is.shown.  
•. To.change.colours.–.highlight.‘Reminder.Colour’.and.press.  
.until.  
the.desired.colour.combination.is.displayed.  
5. Press. .to.save.the.settings..Press. .twice.more.to.return.to.the.computer.  
port.and.view.your.changes.  
. Here.you.can.instantly.see.which.computer.ports.are.being.accessed.and.by.  
whom..The.screen.will.be.displayed.for.ten.seconds.  
ꢄꢄ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Power switching (via configuration menu)  
User preferences and functions  
When.used.in.conjunction.with.optional.power.switch.boxes,.the.AdderView.  
CATx.allows.you.complete.remote.control.over.the.connected.computers..The.  
primary.function.of.the.power.switching.option.is.to.remotely.power.down.and.  
reset.computers.that.are.failing.to.respond.  
In.addition.to.customising.the.reminder.banner.as.described.earlier,.you.can.  
also:.  
•. Change.the.colour.of.the.on.screen.menu,.  
•. Select.the.screen.saver.style,.  
To switch a computer on or off  
•. Restore.mouse.operation,.or.  
1. Select.the.on-screen.menu.in.one.of.three.ways:.  
•. Perform.power.control.functions..  
•. By.simultaneously.pressing.and.then.releasing.  
.
.
..  
All.of.these.options.are.discussed.within.Appendix 1.  
Note: The and hotkeys may have been changed. If the  
combination fails to work, then please contact the system administrator  
for details.  
•. By.pressing.the.middle.and.right.buttons.of.a.three.button.mouse,.or  
•. By.selecting.port. .using.the.front.panel.buttons.  
If.you.are.not.already.logged in,.do.so.now.  
2. Switch.to.the.computer.port.that.needs.to.be.switched.on.or.off.  
Note: If the computer is still responding, try to shut it down normally before  
attempting a power switch operation.  
3. Display.again.the.on.screen.menu.and.press. .to.select.‘More.menus’.  
4. The.‘Functions’.option.should.be.highlighted,.press.  
5. Highlight.‘Power.Control’.and.press.  
.
.
6. Highlight.either.‘Switch.Computer.ON’.or.‘Switch.Computer.OFF’.as.  
necessary.and.press. ..A.warning.message.with.two.options.will.be.  
displayed:  
7. Press. .to.confirm.or. .to.confirm.and.exit..The.latter.option.clears.the.  
menu.so.that,.if.required,.you.can.be.ready.to.enter.any.escape.sequences.  
that.are.needed.by.the.computer.(to.access.its.BIOS.setup.area),.during.the.  
bootup.sequence.  
ꢄꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Global user access  
Global.users.access.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.using.a.viewer.and.a.link..There.  
are.two.types.of.viewer.and.two.types.of.link,.which.can.be.used.in.any.  
combination.  
viewer  
ꢄꢆ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Global user access via VNC viewer  
The.VNC.viewer.is.a.compact.application.that.runs.on.your.IP-connected.‘global’.  
system.and.allows.you.to.view.and.use.the.AdderView.CATx.and.its.host.  
computer(s)..VNC.viewer.is.readily.available.from.a.number.of.different.sources:  
•. from.the.AdderView.CATx.installation.CD  
•. from.the.AdderView.CATx.itself  
•. from.the.RealVNC website  
Downloading VNC viewer from the AdderView CATx IP  
The.AdderView.CATx.has.the.ability.to.distribute.its.own.VNC.viewer.  
application..  
To access via the VNC viewer  
1. Locate.and.select.the.VNC.viewer.icon.  
To download the VNC viewer  
1. Open.your.Web.browser.  
.
2. Enter.the.network.address.where.the.AdderView.CATx.is.situated.  
(in.the.form:.http://192.168.0.3).and.make.the.link.  
. A.connection.details.dialog.will.be.displayed:  
3. In.the.opening.AdderView.CATx.screen,.click.the.link.that.offers.to.  
download.the.secure.VNC.viewer.‘from.the.unit’.  
Enter the AdderView CATx  
address here and click OK  
4. Save.the.download.file.(vncviewer.exe).to.your.system.  
5. Select.and.run.the.downloaded.file.and.then.connect.to.the.  
If required, select the  
encryption mode - MORE [+]  
AdderView.CATx.using.the.VNC.viewer.application.  
Options button  
Provides.a.range.of.viewer.and.connection.settings.-.MORE [+]  
IMPORTANT:.During.login,.if.you.see.a.warning.message.similar.to.the.  
one.shown.here,.then.stop.and.do.not.proceed.  
2. In.the.‘Server:’.entry,.type.the.address.of.the.AdderView.CATx.as.follows:  
v.w.x.y.  
. where.v.w.x.y.is.the.IP.network.address,.for.example.192.168.0.3  
3. Click.the.OK.button..Depending.on.the.options.selected,.you.may.need.to.  
confirm.certain.items..A.connection.attempt.will.be.made.and.if.successful,.  
an.authentication.dialog.will.be.displayed:  
This.message.is.displayed.if.an.AdderView.CATx.IP.unit,.that.your.  
viewer.has.previously.visited,.has.had.a.change.of.security.keys..This.  
is.not.uncommon.if.a.unit.is.reset.for.some.reason..However,.it.could.  
also.mean.that.your.trusted.unit.is.being.spoofed.and.you.may.not.be.  
connecting.to.the.system.that.you.think.you.are..  
Do.not.click.the.Yes.button.until.you.have.checked.with.your.  
administrator.that.the.trusted.AdderView.CATx.IP.unit.has.been.  
recently.reset.for.some.reason....  
4. Enter.your.username.and.password..The.viewer window.should.now.open.  
and.show.the.current.host.computer..Note: If the Username entry is blanked  
out then only admin user account is currently defined and only a password is  
required.  
ꢄꢇ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Global user access via web browser  
You.can.use.a.standard.Web.browser.(supported versions).to.gain.access.to.  
the.AdderView.CATx.IP.and.its.host.computer(s)..As.soon.as.you.make.contact.  
with.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.it.will.begin.downloading.a.small.Java.application.  
to.your.browser,.which.will.be.used.only.for.the.duration.of.your.connection.  
To access via your web browser  
1. Launch.your.standard.Web.browser.as.usual.  
2. In.the.Address.section,.type.the.address.of.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.as.follows:  
http://v.w.x.y.  
. where.v.w.x.y.is.the.IP.network.address,.for.example.192.168.0.3  
3. Press. ..A.connection.attempt.will.be.made..  
4. In.the.browser.window,.select.the.‘Connect.using.built-in.Java.VNC.viewer’.  
option.to.download.a.small.application.that.will.temporarily.empower.your.  
browser.(on.slow.connections.the.application.download.can.take.several.  
tens.of.seconds.to.complete)..Once.complete,.a.connection.details.dialog.  
will.be.displayed:  
The previously entered  
AdderView CATx IP address will  
be shown here  
If required, select the  
encryption mode - MORE [+]  
IMPORTANT:.During.login,.if.you.see.a.warning.message.similar.to.the.  
one.shown.here,.then.stop.and.do.not.proceed.  
Options button  
Provides.a.range.of.viewer.and.connection.settings.-.MORE [+]  
5. Make.any.necessary.option/encryption.changes.and.click.the.OK.button.  
to.proceed..Depending.on.the.options.selected,.you.may.need.to.confirm.  
certain.items....  
6. A.second.connection.attempt.will.be.made.and.if.successful,.an.  
authentication.dialog.will.be.displayed:  
This.message.is.displayed.if.an.AdderView.CATx.IP.unit,.that.your.  
viewer.has.previously.visited,.has.had.a.change.of.security.keys..This.  
is.not.uncommon.if.a.unit.is.reset.for.some.reason..However,.it.could.  
also.mean.that.your.trusted.unit.is.being.spoofed.and.you.may.not.be.  
connecting.to.the.system.that.you.think.you.are..  
7. Enter.your.username.and.password..The.viewer window.should.now.open.  
and.show.the.current.host.computer..Note: If the Username entry is blanked  
out then only admin user account is currently defined and only a password is  
required....  
Do.not.click.the.Yes.button.until.you.have.checked.with.your.  
administrator.that.the.trusted.AdderView.CATx.IP.unit.has.been.  
recently.reset.for.some.reason....  
ꢄ9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
When using the viewer window  
Using the viewer window  
The.viewer.window.gives.you.the.ability.to.view.and.control.the.AdderView.  
CATx.IP.and.its.host.computer(s)..Its.operation.is.almost.identical.regardless.of.  
whether.you.used.the.VNC.viewer.or.your.Web.browser.to.display.it.  
What is the best screen resolution to use?  
The.best.resolution.for.your.computer.is.one.that.is.larger.than.the.screen.of.the.host.  
computer.that.you.are.viewing..This.will.allow.you.to.see.everything.without.scrolling.  
around..Alternatively,.the.VNC.viewer.can.be.set.to.scale.the.image.to.fit.your.screen,.  
but.remember.that.some.pixel.dithering.effect.will.be.seen.when.scaling.is.used..  
The menu bar  
The.viewer.window.presents.a.menu.bar.similar.to.that.shown.below..Certain.  
items.within.the.toolbar.are.displayed.depending.upon.your.access.permissions.  
and/or.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.configuration.  
How do I navigate around a larger screen?  
If.the.screen.that.you.are.viewing.has.a.larger.resolution.than.your.viewing.window.  
you.will.need.to.scroll.around.to.see.all.items..The.viewer.window.allows.you.to.  
‘bump.scroll’.(only.in.full.screen.mode)..This.means.that.when.your.mouse.cursor.  
bumps.against.the.edge.of.the.screen,.the.screen.image.will.scroll.across.automatically..  
(VNC.viewer.  
only).Click.the.  
VNC.icon.to.  
view.the.viewer.  
window.options.  
Ctrl Alt Del  
Sends.the.  
Ctrl.Alt.Del.  
sequence.  
to.the.  
Displays.a.menu. Click.to.access.  
of.options.  
concerning.  
keyboard,.video. for.the.current.  
Dialogue area  
Indicates.your.username.  
and.the.host.system.that.  
you.are.currently.viewing..  
This.area.can.also.display.  
the.power.  
on/off.options.  
How do I escape from full screen mode?  
Press.the.F8.button..This.button.is.changeable.but.is.most.often.set.to.F8...  
current.host.  
computer.  
and.mouse.  
operation.  
host.computer.. other.messages.  
Why is the  
button flashing red?  
This.happens.when.a.new.host.screen.is.viewed.(that.has.not.been.viewed.before)..  
Click.the. .button.to.perform.an.auto.calibration.for.the.screen.and.the.mouse..  
See.Auto calibrate.for.important.information.about.this.feature.  
How do I change between host computers?  
The.best.way.to.change.between.host.computers.is.to.click.the.‘Hosts’.button.and.  
then.select.the.required.computer.by.name..See.Host selection.  
How do I remove traces of moved items from the screen?  
When.you.move.an.item.or.window.across.the.screen,.sometimes.it.can.leave.  
unsightly.trails..These.are.called.artifacts.and.can.be.particularly.prevalent.when.the.  
connection.speed.is.low..To.remove.artifacts,.click.the.‘Controls’.button.and.select.  
the.‘Refresh.screen’.option..See.Controls.  
Ensures.that.the. Determines.the.  
mouse.pointer.  
which.you.move. mouse.settings.for.the.  
and.the.mouse.  
pointer.on.the.  
host.system.  
are.correctly.  
synchronised..  
Click.to.  
display.a.list.  
of.computers.. between.  
Choose.an.  
entry.to.  
connect.to.  
that.host.  
computer.  
Allows.you.  
to.choose.  
This.option.is.only.  
available.to.the.  
admin.user.and.  
provides.access.  
to.the.main.  
optimum.video.and/or.  
currently.selected.host.  
computer..This.button.  
will.flash.red.when.  
a.new.host.screen.is.  
encountered..Click.this.  
button.when.you.first.  
visit.a.new.screen.  
Shared.and.  
Private.access.  
modes.  
How do I make the most of a slow connection?  
configuration.  
menus.  
The.VNC.viewer.is.slightly.better.suited.to.slower.connections.than.the.browser.  
viewer.because.it.offers.more.options..Click.the.Options.button.of.the.VNC.viewer.  
when.entering.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.address.during.log.on...  
Adjust the Threshold setting  
Ensure.that.the.video.Threshold setting.is.set.higher.than.the.automatic.setting.  
suggests..Tweak.this.setting.manually.to.ensure.the.best.setting...  
Fewer colours  
Select.the.Low (64 colours).mode..The.Very.low.option.offers.hardly.any.  
improvement.and.looks.a.lot.worse.  
Rate limit mouse events  
When.selected,.this.mode.greatly.reduces.the.mouse.movement.data.that.are.sent.  
to.the.host.computer..When.you.move.the.local.mouse,.the.remote.cursor.will.catch.  
up.roughly.once.per.second..  
ꢅ0  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Mouse pointers  
Host selection  
Both.viewers.provide.a.double.mouse.cursor.to.help.overcome.any.delays.  
caused.by.slow.connections..When.you.move.your.mouse.you.will.see.two.  
mouse.cursors,.a.local.one.that.responds.immediately.to.your.movements.and.a.  
second,.slower.moving,.cursor.that.represents.the.current.mouse.position.at.the.  
host.  
The.Hosts.button.on.the.menu.bar.provides.the.quickest.and.most.efficient.way.  
to.switch.between.host.computers..This.is.because.the.button.is.close.at.hand,.  
but.also.because.the.screen.calibration.details.for.each.host.are.reused.when.  
this.method.of.switching.is.used..The.alternative.is.to.use.hotkey combinations.  
or.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.on-screen menu.  
Note: The Hosts button is displayed only when the  
switching details for two or more computers have  
been declared within the configuration section by the  
admin user.  
For.the.browser.viewer,.the.local.  
cursor.is.a.typical.arrow:  
Local cursor  
To select a host  
1. Click.the.Hosts.button.to.display.a.list.of.computers.  
2. Click.the.required.computer.name.to.view.and.control.it.  
Remote host cursor  
See.Appendix 2 - Host configuration.for.details.about.programming.new.  
hosts.into.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.(‘admin’.user.status.required).  
Configure  
This.option.is.displayed.only.when.you.are.logged.on.as.the.‘admin’.user..When.  
selected.it.provides.access.to.a.wide.range.of.AdderView.CATx.IP.settings.  
For.the.VNC.viewer,.the.local.  
cursor.is.a.dot:  
Local dot cursor  
Remote host cursor  
Additionally,.for.fast.network.  
connections,.the.VNC.viewer.also.  
provides.a.single.mouse.mode..  
details...  
Single local cursor  
ꢅꢀ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Auto calibrate  
Re-synchronise mouse .  
When.you.visit.a.host.computer.for.the.very.first.time,.your.viewer.needs.to.  
determine.the.optimum.video.and.mouse.settings.for.that.particular.computer..  
The.button.will.remind.you.to.click.it.by.flashing.red.when.a.new.computer.  
screen.is.encountered..Performing.this.step.is.important.because.it.can.help.  
to.decrease.unnecessary.video.information.being.sent.across.the.link,.thus.  
improving.overall.performance.  
If.you.find.that.your.local.mouse.pointer.and.that.of.the.host.are.not.correctly.  
synchronised,.use.this.feature.to.re-align.their.movements..This.operation.is.also.  
selectable.from.the.Controls.menu.  
To re-synchronise the mouse  
1. Use.the.Hosts.button.to.select.the.required.computer.  
2. Click.the. .button.and.then.click.OK.in.the.subsequent.pop-up.message.  
Once.this.has.been.done,.providing.you.use.the.‘Hosts’.button.to.switch.  
Note: If you find that this doesn’t work, you may need to perform a mouse  
calibration again.  
between.host.computers,.the.video.settings.for.each.machine.will.be.re-used.  
Note: When performing an auto calibration, ensure that the screen image  
is static (no moving images) and also try to remove any on-screen displays  
generated by KVM switches (such as host names or menus). This is because  
they can affect the calibration process and result in a lower overall performance  
level. For mouse calibration, ensure that there are no application windows  
located around the upper left corner of the screen. This is because as the mouse  
calibration takes place, the cursor may change (to match the application as it  
skims across the window) and this may confuse the calculation. Also ensure that  
the host computer does not have the mouse cursor trails option enabled.  
Access mode - shared/private  
Up.to.five.users.can.be.simultaneously.logged-on.(four.global.users.plus.one.  
local.or.remote.user).and.during.normal.operation,.all.are.able.to.see.the.same.  
view.of.the.currently.selected.host..If.you.need.to.perform.a.sensitive.task.  
that.should.not.be.viewed.by.other.users,.you.can.change.the.access.mode.to.  
Private..This.action.blanks.the.viewer.window.for.all.other.logged.on.users.  
Note: For the courtesy of other users, this mode should be used sparingly. The  
admin user has the ability to overrule the private setting.  
To auto calibrate the screen and/or mouse  
1. Use.the.Hosts.button.to.select.the.required.computer.  
To change the access mode  
1. Click.one.of.the.arrow.buttons.adjacent.to.the.  
Shared/Private.indicator....  
2. Click.the. .button.to.display.the.  
Calibrate.options.dialog:  
3. Click.the.required.action.  
. A.progress.indicator.will.be.  
displayed.while.the.necessary.  
calculations.are.made..  
Power switching (via viewer)  
When.configured.(and.where.you.have.access.rights).this.option.allows.you.to.  
control.the.mains.power.input.to.the.currently.selected.host.computer.  
Note: This option is generally used to power cycle remote systems that have  
failed to respond. Before switching a system off, ensure that all attempts have  
first been made to power it down through normal means.  
. Upon.completion.  
an.information.  
dialog.will.  
To switch a system on or off  
1. Use.the.Hosts.button.to.select.the.required.computer.  
2. Click.the.Power.button.and.then.select.the.Switch.on.  
explain.the.  
or.Switch.off.option,.as.appropriate.  
results:...  
ꢅꢁ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Controls  
When.clicked,.this.button.reveals.a.menu.of.  
options.concerned.with.keyboard,.video.and.mouse.  
operation.  
Single Mouse Mode  
Mouse Control  
This.mode.is.for.fast.network.connections.where.the.  
cursor.response.is.sufficient.to.provide.instant.visual.  
feedback.on.the.remote.screen..When.enabled,.the.  
cursor.is.‘captured’.within.the.viewer.window.until.  
you.use.the.‘escape’.hot.keys.  
This.option.displays.a.mouse.control.dialog.and.is.useful.when.the.remote.  
cursor.is.failing.to.respond.correctly.to.your.mouse.movements,.even.after.using.  
the.Resync.mouse.option..  
The.mouse.control.dialog.allows.you.to.control.the.remote.mouse.cursor.using.a.  
selection.of.buttons.that.you.click.with.your.local.mouse..  
To.quit.from.single.mouse.mode,.press.F8.and.then.P..Alternatively,.enable.and.  
use.the.mouse.button.escape.sequences.-.see.Advanced unit configuration.  
for.details...  
Click to produce a single  
mouse click for the left,  
centre or right mouse  
buttons  
The.single.mouse.mode.does.not.require.calibration..  
Click to produce a  
Resync Mouse  
continuous mouse click  
and hold for the left,  
centre or right mouse  
This.option.has.the.same.effect.as.the. .button.on.the.menu.bar.and.re-  
synchronises.the.local.and.remote.mouse.pointers..  
buttons  
Click to move the remote  
mouse cursor up, down,  
left or right  
Refresh Screen  
This.option.refreshes.the.whole.screen.image.to.remove.any.artifacts.from.  
moved.screen.items..This.is.useful.when.using.very.low.refresh.rates.on.slow.  
speed.communication.links.  
Click to calibrate the  
remote mouse  
ꢅꢂ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Keyboard Control  
Info  
This.option.displays.a.keyboard.control.dialog.and.is.useful.for.sending.keyboard.  
combinations.(to.the.host).that.are.needed.regularly.or.that.are.trapped.by.the.  
AdderView.CATx.IP.  
When.selected,.this.option.displays.an.information.dialog.showing.the.current.  
logged.on.users,.the.current.host,.its.video.mode.and.its.mouse.motion.details.  
Enter the  
code here  
Click to send  
the code  
Click to send the  
contents of the  
clipboard to the host  
KVM switch menu  
This.option.displays.the.AdderView.CATx.main.menu.and.provides.access.to.the.  
same.options.presented.to.local.and.remote.users..The.only.option.that.cannot.  
be.accessed.is.Configure IP port..For.details.of.the.other.options.available,.please.  
When entering codes:  
+.. means.press.down.the.key.that.follows  
–.. means.release.the.key.that.follows  
+–..means.press.down.and.release.the.key.that.follows  
*.. means.wait.250ms.(note:.if.a.number.immediately.follows.the.asterisk,.then..  
the.delay.will.equal.the.number,.in.milliseconds)  
It.is.automatically.assumed.that.all.keys.specified.will.be.released.at.the.end,.so.  
there.is.need.to.specify.-Ctrl.or.-Alt.if.these.keys.are.to.be.released.together.  
See.Appendix 8.for.a.list.of.key.sequence.codes.that.can.be.used.  
Examples:  
‘Ctrl.+.Alt.12’.would.be.expressed.as:.+Ctrl+.Alt+1–1+2  
+N.means.press.the.‘N’.key  
+Scroll.means.press.the.Scroll.lock.key  
+Space.means.press.the.space.key.  
Video Settings  
ꢅꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Video Settings  
This.dialog.provides.access.to.all.of.the.key.video.settings.that.determine.image.  
Using automatic configurations  
quality.and.link.performance.  
•. Every.setting.can.be.individually.subjected.to.an.automatic.configuration.  
(click.the.appropriate.‘Auto’.button).or.can.also.be.manually.adjusted.  
•. Use.the.‘Calibrate.All’.button.to.automatically.determine.the.optimum.  
Threshold  
settings.for.all.items...  
The.threshold.is.effectively.a.  
noise.filter.that.differentiates.  
between.valid.video.signals.  
and.background.noise.or.  
interference..This.has.the.  
effect.of.reducing.unnecessary.  
video.signals.between.the.  
AdderView.CATx.and.the.  
remote.system,.thus.improving.  
performance..  
Note: Before using the ‘Calibrate All’ option, if possible, remove on-screen  
display (OSD) elements generated by the AdderView CATx IP or any other  
connected KVM switches (such as a host name label or menu). These OSD  
elements use different video rates to those of the host system(s) and can  
affect the setting of the automatic threshold value. AdderView CATx IP uses  
an improved calculation procedure to filter out the effect of these elements.  
However, best results are obtained when the screen contains only host  
system information.  
Phase  
The.phase.setting.adjusts.the.  
alignment.of.the.host.video.  
output.and.the.remote.system.  
video.display.to.achieve.the.  
sharpest.image.  
Note: To maximise performance, the threshold level is automatically  
increased by 50% when a slow link is detected.  
Note: When the AdderView CATx IP is used with one or more other  
switches, the threshold needs to be higher than 32 due to the significant  
amounts of ‘noise’ that these switches introduce. The AdderView CATx IP  
configuration should detect such noise and adjust the threshold accordingly. .  
Horizontal Position  
Determines.the.horizontal.  
position.of.the.host.screen.  
image.within.the.viewer.  
window.  
Brightness & Contrast  
The.red,.green.and.  
blue.constituents.of.the. determine.the.  
brightness.and.contrast. optimum.settings. currently.in.  
can.be.set.individually..  
Alternatively,.use.  
the.Auto.button.  
on.the.right.side.to.  
automatically.optimise.  
these.for.the.current.  
host.and.connection.  
speed.  
Calibrate All  
Click.to.  
Display activity  
Indicates.the.level.  
of.video.activity.  
Setting the Threshold manually  
Occasionally.it.can.be.useful.to.manually.adjust.the.Threshold.setting,.in.order.to.  
achieve.a.setting.that.best.suits.your.particular.requirements..  
Vertical Position  
for.all.aspects.of.  
video.the.video.  
connection.from.  
the.host.system.  
progress.  
Determines.the.vertical.position.  
of.the.host.screen.image.within.  
the.viewer.window.  
1. Use.the.‘Calibrate.All’.function.to.ensure.that.all.other.settings.are.  
optimised.  
2. Click.the.Threshold.left.arrow.button.to.decrement.the.setting.by.one.and.  
observe.the.‘Display.Activity’.indicator..  
3. Repeat.step.2.until.the.Display.Activity.indicator.suddenly.rises.to.a.much.  
higher.level.(i.e..50%)..This.will.mean.that.you.have.reached.the.noise.  
boundary..At.this.point,.increment.the.Threshold.value.by.2.or.3.points.to.  
achieve.an.optimum.setting.  
ꢅꢄ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Access via dial up (modem or ISDN) link  
If you need to enter a port number  
When.you.gain.access.via.modem.or.ISDN.link,.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.uses.  
standard.network.protocols.to.create.a.private.two-device.network..This.  
approach.ensures.consistency.and.allows.you.to.use.exactly.the.same.VNC.  
viewer.or.browser.to.view.the.host.computers..This.is.achieved.using.PPP.(Point.  
to.Point.Protocol).and.means.that.you.need.to.use.a.dial-up.networking.method.  
to.initiate.the.connection..Such.software.is.standard.with.operating.systems.  
such.as.Windows,.Linux.and.Mac.OS.  
Usually,.when.you.make.a.network.connection.to.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.(either.  
using.the.VNC.viewer.or.a.Web.browser).you.simply.enter.the.IP.address,.i.e..  
192.168.0.3..However,.if.a.special.configuration.is.necessary,.then.you.may.be.  
asked.to.specify.a.port.number.as.well.as.the.IP.address.  
To enter a port number in a Web browser  
1. Enter.the.required.IP.address.in.the.usual.Address.box,..  
i.e..http://192.168.0.3  
To initiate a dial up link  
1. Using.a.system.that.has.a.modem.or.ISDN.adapter.installed,.locate.the.  
dial-up.networking.option.on.your.system..Please.refer.to.your.system.  
documentation.for.more.information...  
2. At.the.end.of.the.IP.address,.add.a.single.colon.(:).and.then.enter.the.port.  
number.(in.this.example,.the.required.port.number.is.8000),.  
i.e..http://192.168.0.3:8000  
2. Using.the.dial-up.networking.option,.enter.the.telephone/ISDN.number.  
3. Continue.with.the.standard.Web browser instructions..  
where.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.can.be.contacted.  
To enter a port number in VNC viewer  
1. Enter.the.required.IP.address.in.the.usual.‘Server’.box,..  
i.e..http://192.168.0.3  
3. Initiate.the.call.and.when.the.link.is.made,.continue.with.either.the.standard.  
Note: For the viewer network connection address, you must use the IP  
address that the admin user has set as the Server address (or PPP server IP  
address) within the Modem configuration screen.  
2. At.the.end.of.the.IP.address,.add.two.colons.(::).and.then.enter.the.port.  
number.(in.this.example,.the.required.port.number.is.8000),.  
i.e..http://192.168.0.3::8000  
3. Continue.with.the.standard.VNC viewer instructions.  
ꢅꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Viewer encryption settings  
Supported web browsers  
The.web.browser.viewers.and.VNC.viewers.(of.level.4.0b5S.or.higher).offer.four.  
encryption.options..The.resulting.actions.of.certain.options.depend.upon.how.  
the.AdderView.CATx.IP.to.which.you.are.connecting.is.configured:.  
The.following.web.browsers.have.been.tested.and.found.to.work.correctly.with.  
AdderView.CATx..  
Windows  
•. Internet.Explorer.5.50.and.above,.  
•. Always on.-.This.setting.will.ensure.that.the.link.is.encrypted,.regardless.of.  
the.AdderView.CATx.IP.encryption.setting.  
with.Microsoft.[Java].Virtual.Machine.(release.5.50).  
with.Java.Runtime.Environment.1.3.or.above.  
•. Let server choose.-.This.setting.will.follow.the.configuration.of.the.  
AdderView.CATx.IP..If.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.has.a.preference.to.encrypt.  
the.link,.then.it.will.be.so,.otherwise.the.link.will.not.be.encrypted.  
Linux  
•. Prefer off.-.This.setting.will.configure.an.un-encrypted.link.if.the.  
AdderView.CATx.IP.will.allow.it,.otherwise.it.will.be.encrypted.  
•. Netscape.4.61.and.above,  
with.Java.Runtime.Environment.1.1.or.above.  
•. Opera,.  
•. Prefer on.-.If.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.allows.it,.this.setting.will.configure.an.  
encrypted.link,.otherwise.it.will.be.un-encrypted..  
with.Java.Runtime.Environment.1.1.or.above.  
Whenever.encryption.does.take.place,.the.viewer.will.first.need.to.create.the.  
necessary.secure.key.before.the.connection.process.can.continue.  
ꢅꢆ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Further information  
Troubleshooting  
This.chapter.contains.a.variety.of.information,.including.the.following:  
•. Getting.assistance.-.see.below  
Global network users are unable to contact the AdderView CATx IP  
•. Check.that.the.correct.address.is.being.used.by.the.remote.users.  
•. Troubleshooting.-.see.right  
•. Appendices  
•. Check.the.network settings..Check.that.the.users.network.address.has.not.  
been.excluded.in.the.IP access control section.  
•. Appendix.1.-.Configuration menus  
•. Appendix.5.-.Browser viewer options  
•. Appendix.7.-.Cable specifications  
•. Appendix.8.-.Hotkey sequence codes  
•. Appendix.9.-.Supported video modes  
•. If.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.is.situated.behind.a.firewall,.check.that.the.  
relevant.ports.are.being.allowed.through the firewall.and.are.being.  
correctly.routed.  
•. Check.the.front panel indicators,.the.LNK.indicator.should.be.on..If.the.  
network.link.is.a.100Mbps.connection,.the.100.indicator.should.also.be.on.  
The remote cursor is not correctly responding to my mouse movements  
•. Recalibrate the mouse..When.doing.so,.ensure.that.the.host.system.does.  
not.have.mouse.cursor.trails.enabled.and.that.the.top.left.corner.of.the.  
screen.is.clear.of.application.windows.  
When logging on using VNC viewer, I cannot enter a username  
•. Either,.the.VNC.viewer.is.an.old.version.(download a new one).or.only.the.  
admin.user.has.been.configured.on.the.AdderView.CATx.IP..  
Getting assistance  
If.you.are.still.experiencing.problems.after.checking.the.list.of.solutions.in.the.  
Troubleshooting.section.then.we.provide.a.number.of.other.solutions:  
•. Adder Technology website.–.www.adder.com  
. Check.the.Support.section.of.our.website.for.the.latest.solutions.and.driver.  
files.  
•. Email.–.support@adder.com  
•. Fax.  
in.the.UK:. 0ꢀ9ꢄꢃ ꢆꢇ00ꢇꢀ  
in.the.US:. +ꢀ ꢇꢇꢇ ꢁꢆꢄ ꢀꢀꢀꢆ  
. .  
•. Phone. in.the.UK:. 0ꢀ9ꢄꢃ ꢆꢇ00ꢃꢃ  
. . in.the.US:. +ꢀ ꢇꢇꢇ 9ꢂꢁ ꢂꢂꢂꢆ  
ꢅꢇ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Appendix 1 – Configuration menus  
The.AdderView.CATx.configuration.menus.allow.a.range.of.settings.to.be.made.  
both.to.the.installation.as.a.whole.and.to.parts.of.the.system.accessed.by.each.  
user..  
To access the configuration menus  
1. Select.the.on-screen.main.menu.in.one.of.three.ways:.  
•. By.simultaneously.pressing.and.then.releasing.  
.
.
..  
•. By.pressing.the.middle.and.right.buttons.of.a.three.button.mouse,.or  
•. By.selecting.COMPUTER. .using.the.front.panel.buttons..  
. If.you.are.not.already.logged.in,.do.so.now..What to do if the ADMIN  
The.following.items.and.menus.are.available.in.the.Configuration.menu:  
•. Functions.  
ADDERVIEW CATx IP  
2. Press. .to.select.‘More.menus’.  
3. Use.the.following.keys:.  
Configuration Menu  
Functions  
Routing status  
User Preferences  
Global Preferences  
Setup Options  
Edit Computer List  
Edit User List  
.and. .to.highlight.required.options.  
.to.change.option.values..  
.to.quit.and.save.the.changes.  
EditAutoscan List  
F1-More menus  
Enter-Select  
. The.full.set.of.options.are.only.available.to.  
the.Admin.user..All.other.users.will.see.a.  
subset.of.these..  
Esc-Quit  
•. Advanced Options.(F1-More.menus)  
FirmwareVersion 3.03  
Additionally,.a.further.important.menu.is.located.as.an.option.within.the.  
Functions.menu.of.AdderView.CATx.IP.models:.  
ꢅ9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Functions  
ADDERVIEW CATx IP  
Power Control  
The.Functions.menu.contains.a.collection.  
Functions  
The.options.within.this.section.are.usable.only.when.the.AdderView.CATx.is.  
used.in.conjunction.with.one.or.more.external.power.switch.units..For.more.  
details.see:.power.switching.connections,.configuration,.operation (via  
of.procedures.that.affect.various.aspects.of.  
AdderView.CATx.operation..Only.the.Admin.  
user.is.granted.access.to.all.functions,.other.  
users.are.offered.only.the.following.options:  
Restore Standard Mouse  
Restore Intellimouse  
Power Control  
Clear UTP Extender Password  
Reset to Factory Defaults  
Send Data to RS232 port  
Read Data from RS232 port  
Configure IP port  
•. Restore Standard Mouse,.  
•. Restore Intellimouse,  
Switch Computer ON  
Select.this.option.to.power.on.one.or.more.computers.  
•. Power control.-.only.computers.to.which.  
a.user.has.access.rights.can.be.switched...  
Switch Computer OFF  
Select.this.option.to.power.off.one.or.more.computers.  
Enter-Run Function  
-Up -Down  
Edit Power ON String  
Select.this.option.to.alter.the.special.codes.that.are.sent.from.the.AdderView.  
CATx.to.the.connected.power.switch(es).in.order.to.switch.computers.on.  
To get here  
Esc-Quit  
1. From.a.local,.remote.or.global.keyboard,.  
log.on.as.a.standard.(limited.options).or.  
‘admin’.user.  
Edit Power OFF String  
Select.this.option.to.alter.the.special.codes.that.are.sent.from.the.AdderView.  
CATx.to.the.connected.power.switch(es).in.order.to.switch.computers.off.  
2. Press.  
.
.(hotkeys.can.change).  
.
3. Press. .to.select.‘More.menus’.  
4. Select.‘Functions’..  
Send Data to RSꢁꢂꢁ port  
This.option.is.used.to.save.AdderView.CATx.configuration.information.to.  
a.specially.connected.computer..A.temporary.link.must.be.made.using.the.  
COM1/UPGRADE.port.at.the.rear.of.the.AdderView.CATx.and.the.computer.must.  
run.a.custom.routine.available.from.Adder.Technology.Limited..The.resulting.  
download.file.can.be.optionally.edited.(using.a.text.editor.or.spreadsheet).and/  
or.reloaded.into.the.AdderView.CATx..This.option.is.especially.useful.in.complex.  
cascade.arrangements.where.many.computers.are.attached..See.Saving and  
restoring configuration settings.for.more.details......  
Restore Standard Mouse  
This.option.is.used.to.resume.standard.mouse.operation.if.it.has.ceased.to.  
operate,.for.instance,.if.it.has.been.connected.without.rebooting.the.AdderView.  
CATx..See.Hot plugging and mouse restoration.for.more.details.  
Restore Intellimouse  
This.option.is.used.to.resume.Microsoft.Intellimouse.operation.if.it.has.ceased.to.  
operate,.for.instance,.if.it.has.been.connected.without.rebooting.the.AdderView.  
CATx..See.Hot plugging and mouse restoration.for.more.details.  
Read Data from RSꢁꢂꢁ port  
This.option.is.used.to.reload.configuration.information.into.the.AdderView.CATx.  
from.a.specially.connected.computer..See.above.for.more.details.  
Clear UTP Extender Password  
Available.only.at.the.local.console.connection,.this.option.places.any.X100.or.  
X200.extender.that.is.locked.in.password.mode.into.configuration.mode..The.  
extended.user.can.then.clear.or.re-enter.the.password,.as.required.  
Configure IP port  
AdderView.CATx.IP.models.only..Displays.a.sub.menu.containing.options.related.  
specifically.to.IP.network.and.modem/ISDN.port.features..See.Configure IP port.  
for.details.  
Reset to Factory Defaults  
Returns.all.key.settings.within.the.AdderView.CATx.to.their.original.states..  
WARNING: This function will clear all computer and user lists that are stored  
within the AdderView CATx.  
When.this.option.is.selected,.you.must.press. .to.confirm.the.action..The.internal.  
data.will.be.rewritten.and.a.completion.message.displayed.after.a.short.period.  
ꢆ0  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
User Preferences  
ADDERVIEW CATx IP  
User Preferences  
OSD Colour :  
Reminder Banner : ENABLED  
Reminder Colour : BLUE/TRANS  
Screen Saver type : MOVING DOT  
Confirmation Box : ENABLED  
The.User.Preferences.are.system.operating.  
parameters.that.are.independently.selectable.  
for.each.user.and.affect.only.their.screen..  
SCHEME 1  
To get here  
1. From.a.local,.remote.or.global.keyboard,.  
log.on.as.a.standard.or.‘admin’.user.  
2. Press.  
.
.(hotkeys.can.change).  
.
3. Press. .to.select.‘More.menus’.  
Space-Toggle  
-Up -Down  
4. Select.‘User.Preferences’..  
Esc-Quit  
OSD Colour  
Screen Saver Type  
Settings: SCHEME 1, SCHEME 2, SCHEME 3  
Settings: BLANK, MOVING DOT  
As.you.toggle.between.these.options.you.will.see.the.colour.of.the.menu.  
change.to.show.the.selected.scheme..The.menu.schemes.have.been.specially.  
chosen.to.provide.a.high.contrast.with.the.colours.that.you.would.normally.see.  
on.a.computer.screen.  
You.may.select.the.type.of.screen.saver..If.you.select.BLANK.then.the.screen.will.  
blank.completely..If.you.select.MOVING.DOT.then.a.moving.dot.will.be.displayed.  
on.a.blank.background..The.dot.regularly.changes.colour.and.bounces.off.the.  
sides.of.the.screen.in.a.zigzag.pattern.  
Reminder Banner  
Confirmation Box  
Settings: ENABLED, DISABLED  
Settings: DISABLED, ENABLED  
When.the.reminder.banner.is.enabled,.the.name.of.the.currently.selected.  
computer.will.appear.in.a.small.reminder.banner..This.is.normally.located.at.the.  
top.of.the.screen.in.a.central.position.but.may.be.moved.as.required.(see.To  
When.enabled,.a.confirmation.box.is.displayed.on.screen.for.three.seconds.after.  
a.computer.is.selected..The.confirmation.box.indicates.the.current.user.port.and.  
user.name,.the.selected.computer.and.the.connection.status.  
Reminder Colour  
Settings: BLUE/TRANS, PINK/TRANS, BLUE/WHITE, WHITE/RED  
You.may.select.the.colour.of.the.reminder.banner..The.BLUE/TRANS.and.PINK/  
TRANS.select.blue.or.pink.text.with.a.transparent.background..The.BLUE/WHITE.  
and.WHITE/RED.settings.select.blue.and.white.text.on.solid.white.and.red.  
backgrounds.  
ꢆꢀ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Global Preferences  
Autoscan Mode  
Settings: SCAN LIST, ACTIVE PCs, ALL PCs  
Global.preferences.are.available.only.to.  
the.Admin.user.and.allow.settings.to.be.  
made.that.affect.all.users.attached.to.the.  
AdderView.CATx.  
ADDERVIEW CATx IP  
Global Preferences  
Mouse Switching :  
Screen Saver :  
Autoscan Mode :  
Autoscan Period :  
OSD DwellTime :  
UserTimeout :  
ENABLED  
The.AdderView.CATx.supports.an.autoscan.mode.that.automatically.scans.  
between.the.connected.computers.in.sequence..There.are.three.autoscan.  
modes..In.the.first.mode.the.AdderView.CATx.will.scan.all.the.named.computers.  
that.are.defined.in.the.autoscan.list.(SCAN.LIST)..The.computers.defined.in.the.  
scan.list.may.be.connected.to.cascaded.AdderView.CATx.units..If.you.wish.to.  
scan.the.ports.on.the.current.AdderView.CATx.then.you.may.select.ALL.the.  
available.computers.or.just.the.available.computers.that.are.currently.powered.  
on.(the.ACTIVE.computers)..Scanning.just.the.active.computers.avoids.blank.  
screens.from.being.displayed.and.stops.the.monitor.from.going.into.a.power.  
down.state.on.every.scan.cycle.  
DISABLED  
SCAN LIST  
5 SECONDS  
2 SECONDS  
2 SECONDS  
To get here  
1. From.a.local,.remote.or.global.keyboard,.  
log.on.as.‘admin’.user.  
RS232 MouseType : INTELLIMSE  
MouseType :  
LOGITECH  
2. Press.  
.
.(hotkeys.can.change).  
.
3. Press. .to.select.‘More.menus’.  
4. Select.‘Global.Preferences’..  
Space-Toggle  
-Up -Down  
Esc-Quit  
WARNING - Many modern monitors are fitted with automatic power save  
relays and will switch off after a few seconds if connected to an inactive  
PC. If you are using such a monitor you must not set the AdderView CATx  
to scan ALL ports. Constant switching on and off of your monitor’s relay  
will eventually damage your monitor. If you are using the SCAN LIST  
option then you should ensure that all the computers are active if you are  
using one of these monitors.  
Mouse Switching  
Settings: ENABLED, DISABLED  
The.computer.channel.can.be.switched.using.a.three.button.mouse.or.  
IntelliMouse..Pressing.the.central.button.or.wheel.button.together.with.the.  
left.hand.mouse.button.will.cause.the.AdderView.CATx.to.switch.to.the.next.  
available.computer..When.mouse.switching.is.enabled.the.central.mouse.button.  
or.wheel.mouse.button.is.allocated.to.control.the.AdderView.CATx.and.is.not.  
therefore.available.for.use.by.computer.applications..If.you.want.to.use.the.  
central.mouse.button.within.your.applications.you.will.need.to.disable.mouse.  
switching..The.rotation.action.of.an.IntelliMouse.wheel.is.not.affected.and.is.  
always.available.to.the.computer.application.  
If.you.choose.to.use.the.SCAN.LIST.option.then.you.may.define.the.computers.  
to.be.scanned.in.the.following.manner.  
To define the autoscan list  
Note: Ensure that you are logged in as the ADMIN user.  
1. From.the.main.on-screen.menu.press.F1.for.MORE.MENUS.  
2. Select.EDIT.AUTOSCAN.LIST.from.the.menu..A.list.of.defined.computers.  
will.appear..Computers.affixed.with.a.‘+’.will.be.autoscanned.during.the.  
autoscan.cycle..To.add/remove.a.computer.to/from.the.autoscan.list,.move.  
the.selection.bar.over.the.computer.name.and.press.SPACE.BAR..To.add.all.  
named.computers.press.F1..To.remove.all.named.computers.press.F2.  
Screen Saver  
Settings: DISABLED; 2, 5, 7, 10,15, 20 & 30 MINUTES  
To.avoid.burning.out.the.phosphor.on.CRT.monitor.screens,.the.AdderView.  
CATx.can.be.set.to.blank.the.screen.after.no.keyboard.or.mouse.activity.has.  
been.detected.for.a.selected.timeout.period..If.preferred,.the.user.can.blank.  
the.screen.manually.by.selecting.channel.‘0’.using.the.keyboard.hotkeys.or.by.  
pressing.ESC.from.the.login.screen.  
3. When.all.the.computers.that.you.wish.to.scan.are.affixed.with.a.‘+’,.press.  
RETURN.or.ENTER.to.save.the.selections..The.selected.computers.will.be.  
autoscanned.in.alphabetical.order.when.you.activate.autoscan.mode.(when.  
the.SCAN.LIST.option.is.selected).  
Autoscan Period  
Settings: DISABLED; 2, 5, 7, 15, 30 SECONDS, 1, 5 MINUTES..  
The.autoscan.time.defines.the.length.of.time.that.the.AdderView.CATx.will.  
display.video.(and.play.audio).from.an.autoscanned.computer.before.changing.  
to.the.next.computer..If.the.DISABLED.setting.is.chosen.then.no.autoscan.  
functions.will.be.available.  
continued  
ꢆꢁ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Global Preferences (continued)  
RSꢁꢂꢁ Mouse Type  
OSD Dwell Time  
Settings: INTELLIMOUSE, 2 BUTTON, 3 BUTTON  
Settings: 1, 2, 3, 5, 10 SECONDS  
This.setting.controls.the.type.of.RS232.mouse.that.the.AdderView.CATx.reports.  
to.computers..All.the.necessary.conversions.are.dealt.with.automatically.by.the.  
AdderView.CATx..The.IntelliMouse.setting.sends.four.byte.mouse.reports.to.the.  
computers.and.is.therefore.very.slightly.more.sluggish.than.the.others.that.send.  
three.byte.mouse.reports..RS232.mice.are.almost.always.more.sluggish.than.  
PS/2.types.because.the.data.rate.is.much.slower.  
After.a.successful.computer.channel.change.the.AdderView.CATx.will.display.  
a.confirmation.message.for.a.few.seconds..The.length.of.time.that.this.  
confirmation.message.dwells.on.the.screen.may.be.changed.  
User Timeout  
Settings: 1, 2, 5, 10, 30 SECONDS, 1, 5, 10 MINUTES  
When.two.users.are.connected.to.the.same.computer.only.one.can.have.access.  
at.any.one.time..When.no.keyboard.or.mouse.data.has.been.received.from.the.  
active.user.port.for.the.user.timeout.period,.the.AdderView.CATx.will.allow.  
other.users.to.access.the.computer..The.new.port.then.becomes.the.active.port.  
until.it.too.times.out..To.avoid.confusion.between.users.it.is.desirable.to.set.  
the.timeout.period.to.be.sufficiently.long.so.that.users.work.is.not.needlessly.  
interrupted.by.other.users.and.sufficiently.short.to.ensure.good.overall.system.  
efficiency..The.user.timeout.value.also.controls.the.timeout.between.the.local.  
port.and.remote.(extended).user.port.1.  
Mouse Type  
Settings: LOGITECH, MICROSOFT  
This.setting.determines.how.the.mouse.type.is.reported.to.each.connected.PC..  
Some.Logitech.mouse.drivers.are.unable.to.handle.the.more.advanced.features.  
of.Microsoft.Intellimouse.Explorer.type.mice,.so.the.LOGITECH.setting.here.  
reports.a.more.basic.mouse.type.  
ꢆꢂ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setup Options  
Setup.options.are.available.only.to.the.  
Admin.user.and.consist.of.key.settings.that.  
are.normally.made.only.during.the.initial.  
installation.stage.  
ADDERVIEW CATx IP  
Hotkeys  
Setup Options  
Settings: CRTL+ALT, CTRL+SHIFT, ALT+SHIFT, ALT GR, L+R ALT, L CTRL+ALT,  
R CTRL+ALT, DISABLED  
Security :  
ENABLED  
ENGLISH  
CTRL+ALT  
ENABLED  
ALLOWED  
DISABLED  
ENABLED  
AUTO  
Language :  
The.keyboard.hotkeys.are.special.combinations.of.keys.that,.when.used.  
together.with.certain.keyboard.“command.keys”,.perform.special.AdderView.  
CATx.functions..For.example,.pressing.the.hotkeys.together.with.the.“M”.key.  
will.cause.the.on-screen.menu.to.be.displayed.on.your.monitor..Other.hotkey.  
combinations.allow.you.to.query.which.computer.you.are.connected.to.and.  
to.move.the.on-screen.menu.around.the.screen..You.can.also.use.the.hotkeys.  
together.with.the.port.number.to.select.a.particular.connected.computer.  
Hotkeys :  
Keypad Controls :  
Exclusive Use :  
Automatic Logout :  
Audio :  
To get here  
1. From.a.local,.remote.or.global.keyboard,.  
log.on.as.‘admin’.user.  
Add Computers :  
2. Press.  
.
.(hotkeys.can.change).  
.
3. Press. .to.select.‘More.menus’.  
Space-Toggle  
-Up -Down  
Keypad Controls  
Settings: ENABLED, DISABLED  
4. Select.‘Setup.Options’..  
Esc-Quit  
The.key.controls.on.the.front.of.the.AdderView.CATx.may.be.disabled.so.that.it.  
is.only.possible.to.select.the.special.channels.“o”.(on-screen.menu).and.“0”.(no.  
computer.channels.selected).  
Security  
Settings: DISABLED, ENABLED  
With.security.disabled.there.is.no.requirement.for.users.to.log-in.to.the.system..  
All.users.have.full.access.to.all.the.connected.computers.and.full.administration.  
rights..With.security.enabled,.users.are.required.to.log-in.to.the.AdderView.  
CATx..Each.user.is.allocated.access.rights.to.computers.by.the.system.  
administrator.and.they.are.only.able.to.see.the.computers.that.they.have.access.  
to.on.their.on-screen.menu.  
Exclusive Use  
Settings: ALLOWED, DISABLED  
In.normal.operation,.the.AdderView.CATx.will.allow.two.or.more.users.to.  
share.access.to.a.computer..In.this.mode,.the.computers.video.picture.will.be.  
displayed.on.all.the.users’.monitors.but.only.one.user.may.have.active.control.  
of.the.computers.keyboard.and.mouse.at.any.one.time..The.AdderView.CATx.  
detects.an.active.user.by.checking.for.keyboard.and.mouse.data..  
Language  
Settings: ENGLISH, FRENCH, GERMAN, SWEDISH  
A.user.becomes.inactive.if.no.keyboard.or.mouse.data.has.been.received.by.  
the.AdderView.CATx.for.a.specified.timeout.period..Whilst.one.user.is.active.  
all.the.other.users.that.are.connected.to.the.same.computer.will.see.a.“video.  
only”.message.displayed.on.their.screen..There.may.be.situations.where.  
particular.users.wish.to.control.and.view.a.computer.in.private.with.exclusive.  
use..The.AdderView.CATx.has.the.facility.to.allow.users.to.select.exclusive.use.of.  
computers,.however,.this.facility.should.be.used.with.care...  
This.option.specifies.the.language.that.is.used.for.the.on-screen.menu.and.the.  
keyboard.layout.that.is.assumed.for.the.keyboard..When.the.French.option.is.  
selected.the.keyboard.is.assumed.to.have.an.AZERTY.format..When.the.English,.  
German.and.Swedish.options.are.selected.the.keyboard.is.assumed.to.have.a.  
QWERTY.format..The.new.language.settings.are.enabled.when.you.quit.from.  
the.SETUP.OPTIONS.menu..The.language.option.only.affects.the.way.that.the.  
AdderView.CATx.interprets.the.keyboard.keys,.it.does.not.affect.the.way.that.  
the.computers.interpret.the.keyboard..It.is.advisable.to.avoid.setting.a.language.  
that.you.do.not.understand.as.all.the.menus.will.change.to.use.the.new.  
language.and.you.may.have.difficulty.reselecting.your.original.language.  
Users.that.have.selected.exclusive.access.are.never.timed.out.by.the.AdderView.  
CATx.and.so.all.other.users.are.effectively.“locked.out”.until.the.exclusive.user.  
switches.to.another.computer.or.logs.out..This.could.potentially.be.very.irritating.  
if.a.user.has.selected.exclusive.use.and.has.then.left.their.desk.without.logging.  
out..This.would.prevent.other.users.from.working.on.the.computer.until.they.  
came.back..Consequently.the.system.administrator.can.disable.all.exclusive.use.  
so.that.all.connections.are.shared.  
continued  
ꢆꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setup Options (continued)  
Automatic Logout  
Settings: DISABLED, ENABLED  
The.AdderView.CATx.enables.you.to.restrict.access.to.your.computers.on.a.  
login.basis..If.a.user.forgets.to.logout.when.they.have.finished.accessing.the.  
AdderView.CATx.then.the.user.console.may.unintentionally.be.left.with.full.  
access.to.all.the.computers..The.AdderView.CATx.can.be.set.to.automatically.  
logout.unattended.user.consoles.when.the.screen.saver.kicks.in..This.reduces.  
the.risk.of.security.problems.by.preventing.user.consoles.remaining.in.a.  
permanent.“logged-in”.state.when.there.is.no.keyboard.or.mouse.activity..The.  
automatic.logout.feature.is.only.enabled.when.the.screen.saver.feature.is.active.  
(i.e..not.disabled).  
Audio  
Settings: ENABLED, DISABLED  
Allows.you.to.enable.and.disable.the.audio.capabilities.of.the.AdderView.CATx.  
unit..  
Add Computers  
Settings: AUTO, MANUAL  
Each.time.the.master.switch.within.a.KVM.cascade.is.power.cycled,.it.checks.for.  
newly.added.computers..This.option.allows.you.to.determine.whether.such.new.  
computers.are.automatically.added.to.the.computer.list.or.whether.you.would.  
prefer.to.update.the.list.manually..  
ꢆꢄ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Advanced Options  
Advanced.options.are.available.only.to.the.  
Admin.user.and.consist.of.settings.that.are.  
related.to.specialist.areas.such.as.power.  
control.and.DDC.  
ADDERVIEW CATx IP  
Advanced Options  
DDC Options  
Power Control  
USB Country Code  
Setup Options 2  
To get here  
1. From.a.local,.remote.or.global.keyboard,.  
log.on.as.‘admin’.user.  
2. Press.  
.
.(hotkeys.can.change).  
F1-More menus  
Enter-Select  
.
3. Press. .to.select.‘More.menus’.  
4. Select.‘Advanced.Options’..  
Esc-Quit  
FirmwareVersion 3.03  
Power Control  
DDC Options  
The.options.within.this.section.are.concerned.with.the.operation.of.the.POWER  
CONTROL.port.when.used.to.command.optional.system.power.control.units...  
The.options.within.this.section.are.related.to.the.Display.Data.Channel.features.  
supported.by.the.AdderView.CATx..DDC.is.an.industry.standard.format.that.  
allows.computer.systems.to.be.informed.of.the.capabilities.of.the.video.monitor.  
connected.to.them.  
Baud Rate  
Settings: 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200  
DDC Source  
Settings: AUTO, LOCAL, DEFAULT  
Configures.the.communication.speed.of.the.POWER CONTROL.port.and.must.  
match.the.speed.used.by.the.connected.power.switch(es)..Note: The PSU-  
8MASTER and PSU-8SLAVE power switches supplied by Adder require a setting  
of 9600.  
Determines.which.user.port.monitor.should.be.interrogated.to.discover.its.  
capabilities..AUTO.begins.with.the.local.user.port.and.if.it.fails,.it.uses.a.set.of.  
default.values..The.LOCAL.setting.forces.the.unit.to.interrogate.only.the.local.  
monitor.and.DEFAULT.uses.only.the.pre-programmed.settings.  
Format  
Settings: NONE.8.1, ODD.8.1, EVEN.8.1, NONE.8.2, NONE.7.2, ODD.7.2,  
EVEN.7.2  
DDC Refresh  
Settings: AT START, DISABLED  
Configures.the.data.format.used.by.the.serial.port.and.must.match.the.format.  
used.by.the.connected.power.switch(es)..The.NONE/ODD/EVEN.portion.relates.  
to.the.parity.checking;.the.7/8.value.is.the.size.of.the.data.byte.and.the.1/2.  
value.determines.the.stop.bit(s).used.after.each.data.byte.  
AT START.sets.the.AdderView.CATx.to.read.DDC.information.from.the.selected.  
source.at.power.up..When.DISABLED,.no.new.DDC.data.is.sought.and.existing.  
information.is.used..When.viewing.this.menu,.press.F8.to.discover.DDC.  
information.from.the.chosen.source.immediately..  
continued  
ꢆꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
USB Country Code  
Setup Options ꢁ  
Force Mode  
Settings: DISABLED, ENABLED  
Some.computers.query.the.keyboard.to.find.  
out.its.country.code.and.key.layout..These.  
computers.use.this.information.to.configure.  
the.way.that.they.interpret.the.data.coming.  
from.the.keyboard.and.so.it.is.important.for.  
the.correct.country.information.to.be.supplied..  
Not.all.keyboards.report.country.information.  
and.two.different.styles.of.keyboard.may.be.  
connected.to.the.AdderView.CATx..  
ADDERVIEW CATx IP  
USB Country Code  
Available.only.on.non-IP.CATx.units..Force.Mode.allows.an.ADMIN.user.on.port.  
1.to.select.which.computers.the.other.user.ports.should.be.switched.to..When.  
enabled,.the.ADMIN.user.(on.port.1).can.press.the.TAB.key.to.show.what.user.2.  
is.currently.viewing..The.ADMIN.user.can.then.select.an.alternative.computer.for.  
user.2..Once.set,.the.ADMIN.user.can.press.the.TAB.key.again.to.move.to.the.  
next.user.port.and.so.on.  
Country Code  
AUTO  
32  
Default Country  
Alternatively,.the.ADMIN.user.(on.port.1).can.press.CTRL.and.either.1,.2,.3.or.4.  
Country Code  
to.show.the.current.video.display.on.any.port.  
Settings: AUTO, MANUAL, DISABLED  
To.end.Force.mode,.the.ADMIN.user.can,.either:.  
•. Press.the.ESC.key  
Space-Toggle  
-Up -Down  
In.AUTO.mode.the.AdderView.CATx.will.at-  
tempt.to.query.the.keyboard.attached.to.the.  
Esc-Quit  
•. Press.TAB.until.user.1.is.shown  
•. Press.CTRL.+1  
local.port.to.ascertain.a.country.code..If.a.country.code.is.not.found.then.the.  
AdderView.CATx.will.use.the.current.value.of.the.Default.Country.option..In.  
MANUAL.mode,.the.connected.local.keyboard.is.not.queried.for.country.infor-  
mation.and.instead.the.Default.Country.value.is.reported.to.all.computers.that.  
request.country.information..In.DISABLED.mode,.no.country.information.is.sup-  
plied.to.computers.requesting.country.information.  
Default Country  
The.codes.that.may.be.used.within.this.option.are.as.follows:  
Country  
Arabic.  
Belgian..  
Canadian-Bilingual.  
Canadian-French..  
Czech.Republic..  
Danish..  
Finnish..  
French..  
German..  
Greek..  
Hebrew..  
Hungary..  
International.(ISO)..  
Italian..  
Japan.(Katakana)..  
Korean..  
Latin.American..  
Netherlands..  
Norwegian..  
Code  
01..  
02..  
03..  
04..  
05..  
06..  
07..  
08..  
09..  
10..  
11..  
12..  
13..  
14..  
15..  
16..  
17..  
18..  
19  
Country  
Persian.(Farsi)..  
Poland..  
Portugese..  
Russian..  
Slovakian..  
Spanish..  
Swedish..  
Swiss/French..  
Swiss/German..  
Switzerland..  
Taiwan..  
Turkish-Q..  
UK..  
US..  
Code  
20.  
21.  
22.  
23.  
24.  
25.  
26.  
27.  
28.  
29.  
30.  
31.  
32.  
33.  
34.  
35.  
Yugoslavia..  
Turkish-F..  
Reserved..  
Not.supported..  
36-255.  
00.  
ꢆꢆ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Configure IP port  
Available.only.on.AdderView.CATx.IP.models,.the.IP.port.configuration.menu.  
allows.you.to.determine.settings.that.relate.directly.to.the.global.(IP).user.  
aspects.of.the.unit:  
AdderView IP Configuration  
IP admin password, encryption settings, etc..  
Unit Configuration  
Network Configuration  
Modem Configuration  
IP address, net mask, VNC port, etc.  
Baud rate, initialisation string, etc...  
Reset Configuration  
Back  
Completely resets the IP portion of the AdderView CATx IP unit.  
To get here  
1. From.a.local.or.remote.(not.accessible.from.a.global.keyboard),.log.on.as..  
the.‘admin’.user.  
2. Press.  
.
.(hotkeys.can.change).  
.
3. Press. .to.select.‘More.menus’.  
4. Select.‘Functions’.  
5. Select.‘Configure.IP.port’..  
ꢆꢇ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Unit Configuration  
This.page.provides.access.to.a.selection.of.both.basic.and.fundamental.settings.  
for.the.AdderView.CATx.IP..  
AdderView CATx IP Unit Config  
Keybd Layout  
Hardware  
Firmware  
Keybd Layout UK  
Admin Passwd  
Unit Name  
Time  
Date  
Encryption  
Rev 1  
Version 1.5  
Use.the.arrow.buttons.to.match.the.keyboard.layout.expected.by.the.host.  
system.  
Admin Passwd  
Enter.the.password.that.will.be.used.to.gain.administrator.access.to.the.  
AdderView.CATx.IP..There.can.only.be.one.admin.user.and.only.that.user.is.  
given.access.to.the.configuration.menus..The.admin.password.background.will.  
be.red.until.a.reasonably.secure.password.has.been.entered,.although.this.is.  
only.advisory.as.any.password.or.no.password.may.be.entered.  
21 : 27 : 31  
4
Prefer Off  
Jan  
2008  
Unit Name  
The.name.entered.here.will.be.displayed.on.the.local.menus.and.the.remote.  
VNC/browser.windows.  
Save  
Cancel  
Time and Date  
Use.the.left.and.right.arrow.keys.to.select.the.correct.time.and.date..The.time.  
entry.uses.the.24.hour.clock.notation..The.internal.real.time.clock.will.continue.  
to.run.for.roughly.one.week.without.power.to.the.unit,.after.that.it.will.be.lost.  
and.require.resetting..Use.the.up.and.down.arrow.keys.to.move.between.each.  
of.the.sections.within.the.time.and.date.entries.  
To get here  
1. From.a.local.or.remote.(not.accessible.from.a.global.keyboard),.log.on.as..  
the.‘admin’.user.  
2. Press.  
.
.(hotkeys.can.change).  
.
3. Press. .to.select.‘More.menus’.  
4. Select.‘Functions’.  
Encryption  
Three.options.are.available:.Always.on,.prefer.off,.prefer.on..The.one.to.choose.  
depends.on.the.specific.details.of.your.installation.-.see.Encryption settings.for.  
details..The.use.of.encryption.imposes.a.slight.performance.overhead.of.roughly.10%.  
but.is.highly.secure.against.third.party.intrusion.  
5. Select.‘Configure.IP.port’..  
6. Select.‘Unit.Configuration’.  
ꢆ9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Network Configuration  
This.page.allows.you.to.configure.the.various.aspects.of.the.IP.port.and.its.  
relationship.with.the.local.network.  
AdderView IP Network Config  
MAC Address 00:0F:58:00:00:04  
MAC Address  
Media.Access.Control.address.–.this.is.the.unique.and.unchangeable.code.  
that.was.hard.coded.within.your.AdderView.CATx.IP.unit.when.it.was.built..It.  
consists.of.six.2-digit.hexadecimal.(base.16).numbers.separated.by.colons..A.  
section.of.the.MAC.address.identifies..the.manufacturer,.while.the.remainder.is.  
effectively.the.unique.electronic.serial.number.of.your.particular.unit...  
Use DHCP  
IP Address  
Net Mask  
Gateway  
No  
192.168.42.154  
255.255.255.0  
Use DHCP  
VNC Port  
HTTP Port  
5900  
80  
DHCP.is.an.acronym.for.‘Dynamic.Host.Configuration.Protocol’..Its.function.is.  
particularly.useful.when.connecting.to.medium.size.or.larger.networks,.such.as.  
the.Internet..When.this.option.is.selected,.your.AdderView.CATx.IP.will.attempt.  
to.locate.a.DHCP.server.on.the.network..If.such.a.server.is.located,.it.will.supply.  
three.things.to.the.AdderView.CATx.IP:.an.IP.address,.an.IP.network.mask.  
(also.known.as.a.Subnet.mask).and.a.Gateway.address..These.are.not.usually.  
granted.permanently,.but.on.a.‘lease’.basis.for.a.fixed.amount.of.time.or.for.as.  
long.as.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.remains.connected.and.switched.on..Discover  
Clear IP Access Control  
Save Cancel  
VNC Port  
This.is.the.logical.link.through.which.communications.with.a.remote.VNC.viewer.  
will.be.channelled.(see.What is a port?)..The.default.setting.is.5900.which.is.  
a.widely.recognised.port.number.for.use.by.VNC.software..However,.in.certain.  
circumstances.it.may.be.advantageous.to.alter.this.number.-.see.Security issues  
with ports.for.more.details..  
IP Address  
This.is.the.identity.of.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.within.a.network..The.IP.address.  
can.be.thought.of.as.the.telephone.number.of.the.AdderView.CATx.IP..Unlike.  
the.MAC.address,.the.IP.address.can.be.altered.to.suit.the.network.to.which.it.is.  
connected..It.can.either.be.entered.manually.or.configured.automatically.using.  
the.DHCP.option..When.the.DHCP.option.is.enabled,.this.entry.is.unavailable..  
See.IP addresses.  
Note: The VNC port and HTTP port can be set to the same port number in order  
to simplify router and firewall configuration. If this is done then the AdderView  
CATx IP will “listen” for both types of traffic on the single port.  
Net Mask  
Also.often.called.the.‘subnet-mask’,.this.value.is.used.alongside.the.IP.address.  
to.help.define.a.smaller.collection.(or.subnet).of.devices.on.a.network..In.this.  
way.a.distinction.is.made.between.locally.connected.devices.and.ones.that.are.  
reachable.elsewhere,.such.as.on.the.wider.Internet..This.process.helps.to.reduce.  
overall.traffic.on.the.network.and.hence.speed.up.connections.in.general..See.  
HTTP Port  
This.is.the.logical.link.through.which.communications.with.a.remote.web.  
browser.will.be.channelled..The.default.setting.of.80.is.an.established.standard.  
for.web.(HTTP.–.HyperText.Transfer.Protocol).traffic.though.this.can.be.changed.  
to.suit.your.local.network.requirements.  
Clear IP Access Control  
Gateway  
This.option.removes.all.entries.from.the.IP.access.control.feature.within.the.  
AdderView.CATx.IP..The.IP.access.control.feature.(configurable.by.a.global.  
admin.user).allows.certain.network.address.ranges.to.be.denied.access.to.the.  
AdderView.CATx.IP..If.set.incorrectly,.it.is.possible.to.exclude.all.network.users.  
and.so.this.option.provides.an.emergency.recovery.point...  
This.is.the.address.of.the.device.that.links.the.local.network.(to.which.the.  
AdderView.CATx.IP.is.connected).to.another.network.such.as.the.Internet..  
Usually.this.is.a.network.switch.or.router.and.it.will.be.used.whenever.a.device.  
to.be.contacted.lies.outside.the.local.network...  
ꢇ0  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Modem Configuration  
This.page.allows.you.to.configure.the.COM1.serial.port.located.at.the.rear.of.  
the.AdderView.CATx.IP.  
AdderView CATx IP Modem Config  
Server IP / Client IP  
When.a.user.dials.into.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.via.a.modem.or.ISDN.adapter,.the.  
AdderView.CATx.IP.sets.up.a.temporary.two-device.network.using.PPP.(Point.to.  
Point.Protocol)..For.this.purpose,.both.devices.must.have.‘dummy’.IP.addresses.  
so.that.they.can.communicate.correctly..These.two.addresses.can.be.almost.  
anything.expressed.in.the.quad.octet.format.(i.e..192.168.3.1.)..However,.it.is.  
advisable.not.to.make.them.the.same.as.the.real.IP.addresses.used.by.either.the.  
remote.system.or.the.AdderView.CATx..  
Server IP  
Client IP  
Baud Rate  
Init String  
192.168.3.1  
192.168.3.2  
115200  
ATZS0=1  
Initialize Port  
Restore Defaults  
Baud Rate  
This.option.configures.the.speed.of.the.serial.connection.between.the.  
AdderView.CATx.IP.and.a.connected.modem.or.ISDN.terminal.adapter..The.  
default.setting.is.115200..The.other.communication.settings.are.fixed.as:.No.  
parity,.8.bit.word,.1.stop.bit.  
Save  
Cancel  
Init String  
The.codes.entered.here.are.used.to.prepare.the.connected.modem.or.ISDN.  
terminal.adapter.for.use.with.the.AdderView.CATx.IP..The.default.code.is.  
a.Hayes-compatible.string.to.configure.auto.answer.mode.and.would.be.  
understood.by.the.vast.majority.of.modem/ISDN.devices..The.code.is.sent.when.  
the.AdderView.CATx.IP.is.first.switched.on.or.whenever.the.Initialize.button.is.  
clicked.  
To get here  
1. From.a.local.or.remote.(not.accessible.from.a.global.keyboard),.log.on.as..  
the.‘admin’.user.  
2. Press.  
.
.(hotkeys.can.change).  
.
3. Press. .to.select.‘More.menus’.  
4. Select.‘Functions’.  
Initialize Port  
5. Select.‘Configure.IP.port’..  
6. Select.‘Modem.Configuration’.  
When.selected,.this.option.sends.the.characters.entered.in.the.‘Init.string’.field.  
to.the.connected.modem.or.ISDN.terminal.adapter.  
Restore Defaults  
When.selected,.this.option.resets.the.‘Baud.rate’.and.‘Init.string’.values.to.their.  
original.default.settings.  
ꢇꢀ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Reset Configuration  
Clearing IP access control  
This.option.allows.you.to.completely.reset.the.IP.portion.of.the.AdderView.CATx.  
This.option.removes.all.entries.from.the.IP.access.control.feature.within.the.  
IP.unit..  
AdderView.CATx.IP.  
WARNING: This process will remove all network and modem/ISDN settings  
and return the unit to use its original state. A complete reconfiguration will be  
required before the IP features of the unit can be used.  
What is IP access control?  
The.IP.access.control.feature.(configurable.by.a.remote.admin.user).allows.  
certain.network.address.ranges.to.be.denied.access.to.the.AdderView.CATx.IP..  
If.set.incorrectly,.it.is.possible.to.exclude.all.network.users.and.so.this.option.  
provides.an.emergency.recovery.point.  
To reset the AdderView CATx IP configuration  
1. From.a.local.or.remote.(not.accessible.from.a.global.keyboard),.log.on.as.the.  
‘admin’.user.  
To clear IP access control  
1. From.a.local.or.remote.(not.accessible.from.a.global.keyboard),.log.on.as.the.  
2. Press.  
.
.(hotkeys.can.change).  
.
3. Press. .to.select.‘More.menus’.  
4. Select.‘Functions’.  
‘admin’.user.  
2. Press.  
.
.(hotkeys.can.change).  
.
5. Select.‘Configure.IP.port’.  
3. Press. .to.select.‘More.menus’.  
4. Select.‘Functions’.  
5. Select.‘Configure.IP.port’.  
6. Select.‘Network.Configuration’.  
AdderView CATx IP Reset Config  
WARNING: Continuing will cause  
your existing configuration to  
be erased.  
AdderView IP Network Config  
MAC Address 00:0F:58:00:00:04  
The unit will then reset and  
require re-configuring before  
it can be used.  
Use DHCP  
IP Address  
Net Mask  
Gateway  
No  
192.168.42.154  
255.255.255.0  
DO YOU WISH TO CONTINUE?  
VNC Port  
HTTP Port  
5900  
80  
RESET  
Cancel  
Clear IP Access Control  
6. Select.‘Reset.Configuration’.  
7. Highlight.the.‘RESET’.option.and.press.  
.
Save Cancel  
8. Access.the.‘Configure.IP.Port’.option.to.view.the.initial.IP.configuration.  
screens..See.Initial IP configuration.for.details.  
7. Highlight.the.‘Clear.IP.Access.Control’.option.and.press.  
.
ꢇꢁ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Appendix 2 - Configuration pages via viewer  
This.section.covers.the.configuration.pages.that.are.available.to.global.admin.  
users,.using.either.the.VNC.viewer.or.the.browser.methods.of.access.  
To access the remote configuration pages  
1. Make.a.global connection.to.the.  
AdderView.CATx.IP.unit.and.login.as.the.  
admin.user..  
2. Once.logged.in,.click.the.Configure.button.  
in.the.top.right.corner.of.the.window..  
Main configuration page  
Logged on users  
Indicates.the.current.users.  
irrespective.of.whether.they.are.  
connected.locally,.remotely,.by.  
modem/ISDN.or.via.a.network...  
Click.the.required.option  
ꢇꢂ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
User accounts  
To get here  
1. Using.VNC.viewer.or.a.browser,.log.on.as.the.‘admin’.user.  
This.page.allows.you.to.manage.up.to.sixteen.separate.accounts..  
2. Click.the.‘Configure’.button.in.the.top.right.corner.  
3. Click.the.‘User.Accounts’.option.  
The.first.of.the.sixteen.accounts.is.the.admin.account.and.is.the.only.account.  
with.access.rights.to.the.configuration.menus..The.user.name.and.access.rights.  
are.fixed.for.the.admin.account,.the.only.change.possible.for.this.account.is.the.  
password.  
There.are.fifteen.user.account.positions..  
User Name  
All.user.names.must.consist.of.lower.case.characters.or.numbers.only..No.  
symbols.or.upper.case.characters.are.permissible..The.user.name.can.be.  
between.1.and.16.characters.in.length.  
Password  
Passwords.are.case.sensitive.and.can.include.certain.keyboard.symbols..The.  
password.can.be.between.1.and.16.characters.in.length..It.is.important.to.note,.  
however,.that.the.password.background.remains.shaded.in.amber.while.the.  
AdderView.CATx.IP.considers.your.entered.password.to.be.too.easy.to.guess..  
A.suitable.password.is.best.constructed.using.a.mixture.of.more.than.6.letters,.  
numbers.and.punctuation.characters.  
Local  
When.ticked,.the.selected.user.can.gain.access.using.the.local.KVM.console.  
directly.connected.to.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.unit.  
Modem  
When.ticked,.the.selected.user.can.gain.access.via.a.modem.or.ISDN.link.  
(requires.external.modem/ISDN.equipment.to.be.connected.to.the.AdderView.  
CATx.IP.unit).  
Remote  
When.ticked,.the.selected.user.can.gain.access.via.an.IP.network.link,.such.as.a.  
local.intranet.or.the.wider.Internet.(depending.on.how.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.is.  
connected).  
To create a new account  
1..Enter.the.required.User.Name.to.activate.that.position.(the.Password.and.  
access.tick.box.positions.will.become.editable).  
Power  
2..Optionally.enter.a.password.for.the.user.account.  
When.ticked,.the.selected.user.will.be.permitted.to.control.the.power.input.to.  
host.systems.(requires.optional.power.control.switch.unit(s).to.be.fitted).  
3..Tick/untick.the.Local,.Modem,.Remote.and.Power.options.that.are.  
appropriate.to.the.user.  
4. Click.the.Save.button.to.register.your.changes..  
ꢇꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Unit configuration  
To get here  
1. Using.VNC.viewer.or.a.browser,.log.on.as.the.‘admin’.user.  
This.page.provides.access.to.a.selection.of.both.basic.and.advanced.settings.for.  
the.AdderView.CATx.IP..Many.of.the.settings.displayed.here.are.also.accessible.  
through.the.on-screen.menu.  
2. Click.the.‘Configure’.button.in.the.top.right.corner.  
3. Click.the.‘Unit.configuration’.option.  
Hardware Version  
Indicates.the.version.of.the.electronic.circuitry.within.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.  
Unit Name  
The.name.entered.here.will.be.displayed.on.the.local.menus.and.the.remote.  
VNC.viewer/browser.windows.  
unit.  
Firmware Version  
Encryption  
Indicates.the.version.of.the.hardwired.software.within.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.  
flash.memory..This.may.be.updated.using.the.flash upgrade procedure..  
Three.options.are.available:.Always.on,.prefer.off,.prefer.on..The.one.to.choose.  
depends.on.the.specific.details.of.your.installation.-.see.Encryption settings.for.  
details..The.use.of.encryption.imposes.a.slight.performance.overhead.of.roughly.10%.  
but.is.highly.secure.against.third.party.intrusion.  
Host Keyboard Layout  
Use.the.arrow.buttons.to.match.the.keyboard.layout.expected.by.the.host.  
system.  
Admin Password  
Enter.the.password.that.will.be.used.to.gain.administrator.access.to.the.  
AdderView.CATx.IP..There.can.only.be.one.admin.user.and.only.that.user.is.  
given.access.to.the.configuration.menus.  
ꢇꢄ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Advanced unit configuration  
Click.this.button.to.display.advanced.options.that.do.not.normally.require.alteration.  
Mouse Latency Allowance  
This.option.is.used.during.calibration.to.account.for.latency.delays.(caused.  
as.signals.pass.through.a.device).introduced.by.some.KVM.switches.from.  
alternative.manufacturers..  
During.calibration,.the.AdderView.CATx.waits.for.40ms.after.each.mouse.  
movement.before.sampling.the.next..If.a.KVM.device.adds.a.significant.delay.to.  
the.flow.of.data,.the.calibration.process.can.be.lengthened.or.may.fail.entirely..The.  
value.entered.here.is.added.to.(or.subtracted.from).the.default.40ms.sampling.time.  
Note: You can enter negative values (down to -40) in order to speed up the  
calibration process when using fast KVM switches. Use this option with caution  
as it can adversely affect the calibration process.  
Mouse Rate  
Defines.the.rate.at.which.mouse.movement.data.are.transmitted.to.the.system..The.  
default.option.is.20ms,.which.equates.to.50.mouse.events.per.second..This.default.  
rate.can.prove.too.fast.when.passed.through.certain.connected.KVM.switches.from.  
alternative.manufacturers..In.such.cases,.data.are.discarded.causing.the.local.and.  
remote.mouse.pointers.to.drift.apart..If.this.effect.is.encountered,.increase.the.mouse.  
rate.to.around.30ms.(data.are.then.sent.at.a.slower.rate.of.33.times.per.second).....  
Background Refresh Rate  
Use.the.arrow.keys.to.alter.the.refresh.rate.for.screen.images.via.remote.links..This.  
allows.you.to.tailor.the.screen.refresh.to.suit.the.network.or.modem.connection.  
speeds..The.options.are:.Slow,.Medium,.Fast.or.Disabled..When.the.disabled.  
option.is.selected,.the.remote.users.will.need.to.manually.refresh.the.screen.  
To get here  
Note: When a low connection speed is detected, the background refresh is  
automatically disabled, regardless of the settings of this option.  
1. Using.VNC.viewer.or.a.browser,.log.on.as.the.‘admin’.user.  
2. Click.the.‘Configure’.button.in.the.top.right.corner.  
3. Click.the.‘Unit.configuration’.option.  
Single Mouse Mode Mouse Switch  
Allows.you.to.select.the.mouse.button.combination.that.can.be.used.to.exit.from.  
single.mouse.mode.(when.active)..  
4. Click.the.‘Advanced.unit.configuration’.option.  
Force VNC Protocol ꢂ.ꢂ  
Behaviour for admin connections when limit reached  
IMPORTANT:.The.use.of.this.option.is.not.recommended..Protocol.3.3.is.a.legacy.  
version.that.does.not.offer.any.encryption.  
Determines.what.should.occur.when.four.global.connections.already.exist.and.  
a.fifth,.administrator.connection.attempt.is.made..Options.are:.Replace oldest  
connection,.Replace newest connection.and.Don’t replace..Only.non-administrator.  
connections.can.be.terminated.in.this.way.  
Idle Timeout  
Determines.the.period.of.inactivity.on.a.global.connection.before.the.user.is.logged.  
out..The.idle.timeout.period.can.be.set.to.any.time.span,.expressed.in.minutes..  
Note: The Screensaver option serves a similar purpose for local connections.  
Use VESA GTF  
When.ticked,.the.VESA.Generalized.Timing.Formula.will.be.used.to.help.  
determine.the.correct.input.video.resolution.and.timing.details..See.Appendix 9.  
for.a.list.of.all.supported.video.modes.  
Protocol Timeout  
Sets.the.time.period.by.which.responses.should.have.been.received.to.outgoing.  
data.packets..If.the.stated.period.is.exceeded,.then.a.connection.is.considered.  
lost.and.terminated.  
Upgrade firmware  
ꢇꢅ  
Places.the.unit.into.upgrade.mode..See.Upgrading AdderView CATx IP models..  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Time & date configuration  
This.page.allows.you.to.configure.all.aspects.relating.to.time.and.date.within.the.  
Timezone specifier  
AdderView.CATx.IP.unit.  
Optionally.enter.a.recognised.timezone.specifier.related.to.the.current.position.  
of.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.unit..When.an.NTP.server.is.used,.the.specifier.will.be.  
used.to.provide.the.correct.real.time.  
The.timezone.specifier.takes.the.following.form:.  
.....std.offset.dst.[offset],start[/time],end[/time]  
The.std.and.offset.specify.the.standard.time.zone,.such.as.GMT.and.0,.or.CET.  
and.-1,.or.EST.and.5,.respectively..  
The.dst.string.and.[offset].specify.the.name.and.offset.for.the.corresponding.  
Daylight.Saving.Time.zone;.if.the.offset.is.omitted,.it.defaults.to.one.hour.ahead.  
of.standard.time..  
The.remainder.of.the.specification.describes.when.Daylight.Saving.Time.is.in.  
effect..The.start.field.is.when.Daylight.Saving.Time.goes.into.effect.and.the.  
end.field.is.when.the.change.is.made.back.to.standard.time..The.most.common.  
format.used.for.the.daylight.saving.time.is:.Mm.w.d.  
Where:.m specifies the month.and.must.be.between.1.and.12..The.day.d.  
must.be.between.0.(Sunday).and.6..The.week.w.must.be.between.1.and.5;.  
week.1.is.the.first.week.in.which.day.d.occurs,.and.week.5.specifies.the.last.d.  
day.in.the.month..  
The.time.fields.specify.when,.in.the.local.time.currently.in.effect,.the.change.to.  
the.other.time.occurs..If.omitted,.the.default.is.02:00:00..  
Typical.examples.are:  
UK:.. .  
.
.
.
.
.
GMT0BST,M3.5.0/1,M10.5.0/2  
CET-1CEST,M3.5.0/2,M10.5.0/3  
EST5EDT,M3.2.0/2,M11.1.0/2  
PST5PDT,M3.2.0/2,M11.1.0/2  
Time and Date  
Use.the.arrow.buttons.to.set.the.correct.current.time.  
Central.Europe:...  
US.Eastern:..  
US.Pacific:..  
.
.
Use NTP  
When.this.option.is.selected,.the.AdderView.CATx.will.synchronise.its.internal.  
clocks.using.information.from.the.(Network.Time.Protocol).server.listed.in.the.  
NTP Server IP address.field..  
For further details  
•. For.details.of.timezone.specifier.formats,.please.refer.to:.  
NTP Server IP address  
Optionally.enter.the.IP.address.for.a.known.Network.Time.Protocol.server...  
•. For.details.of.the.Network.Time.Protocol.(main.RFC.number:.1305;.the.SNTP.  
subset.used.as.the.basis.for.the.AdderView.CATx.IP:.4330).  
Set Time from NTP Server  
.
Click.to.immediately.use.the.time.and.date.information.from.the.listed.NTP.server..  
ꢇꢆ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Network configuration  
To get here  
1. Using.VNC.viewer.or.a.browser,.log.on.as.the.‘admin’.user.  
This.page.allows.you.to.configure.the.various.aspects.of.the.IP.port.and.its.  
relationship.with.the.local.network.  
2. Click.the.‘Configure’.button.in.the.top.right.corner.  
3. Click.the.‘Network.configuration’.option.  
IP Address  
This.is.the.identity.of.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.within.a.network..The.IP address.  
can.be.thought.of.as.the.telephone.number.of.the.AdderView.CATx.IP..Unlike.  
the.MAC.address,.the.IP.address.can.be.altered.to.suit.the.network.to.which.it.is.  
connected..It.can.either.be.entered.manually.or.configured.automatically.using.  
the.DHCP.option..When.the.DHCP.option.is.enabled,.this.entry.is.greyed.out.  
IP Network Mask  
Also.often.called.the.subnet-mask,.this.value.is.used.alongside.the.IP.address.  
to.help.define.a.smaller.collection.(or.subnet).of.devices.on.a.network..In.this.  
way.a.distinction.is.made.between.locally.connected.devices.and.ones.that.are.  
reachable.elsewhere,.such.as.on.the.wider.Internet..This.process.helps.to.reduce.  
overall.traffic.on.the.network.and.hence.speed.up.connections.in.general.  
IP Gateway  
This.is.the.address.of.the.device.that.links.the.local.network.(to.which.the.  
AdderView.CATx.IP.is.connected).to.another.network.such.as.the.wider.Internet..  
Usually.the.actual.gateway.is.a.network.switch.or.router.and.it.will.be.used.  
whenever.a.required.address.lies.outside.the.current.network...  
VNC Port  
MAC address  
This.is.the.logical.link.through.which.communications.with.a.remote.VNC.viewer.  
will.be.channelled.(see.What is a port?)..The.default.setting.is.5900.which.is.  
a.widely.recognised.port.number.for.use.by.VNC.software..However,.in.certain.  
circumstances.it.may.be.advantageous.to.alter.this.number.-.see.‘Security.issues.  
with.ports’.for.more.details...  
Media.Access.Control.address.–.this.is.the.unique.and.unchangeable.code.  
that.was.hard.coded.within.your.AdderView.CATx.IP.unit.when.it.was.built..It.  
consists.of.six.2-digit.hexadecimal.(base.16).numbers.separated.by.colons..A.  
section.of.the.MAC.address.identifies.the.manufacturer,.while.the.remainder.is.  
effectively.the.unique.electronic.serial.number.of.your.particular.unit...  
HTTP Port  
Use DHCP  
This.is.the.logical.link.through.which.communications.with.a.remote.web.  
browser.will.be.channelled.(see.What is a port?)..The.default.setting.of.80.is.an.  
established.standard.for.web.(HTTP.–.HyperText.Transfer.Protocol).traffic.though.  
this.can.be.changed.to.suit.your.local.network.requirements.  
DHCP.is.an.acronym.for.‘Dynamic.Host.Configuration.Protocol’..Its.function.is.  
particularly.useful.when.connecting.to.medium.size.or.larger.networks,.such.as.  
the.Internet..When.this.option.is.selected,.your.AdderView.CATx.IP.will.attempt.  
to.locate.a.DHCP.server.on.the.network..If.such.a.server.is.located,.it.will.supply.  
three.things.to.the.AdderView.CATx.IP:.an.IP.address,.an.IP.network.mask.  
(also.known.as.a.Subnet.mask).and.a.Gateway.address..These.are.not.usually.  
granted.permanently,.but.on.a.‘lease’.basis.for.a.fixed.amount.of.time.or.for.as.  
long.as.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.remains.connected.and.switched.on..Discover  
IP Access Control  
This.section.allows.you.to.optionally.specify.ranges.of.addresses.which.will.  
or.won’t.be.granted.access.to.the.AdderView.CATx.IP..If.this.option.is.left.  
unchanged,.then.the.default.entry.of.‘+0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0’.ensures.that.access.from.  
all.IP.addresses.will.be.permitted..See.Setting IP access control.for.details..  
ꢇꢇ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting IP access control  
The.golden.rule.with.this.feature.is.‘Include.before.you.exclude’.or.to.put.it.  
another.way.‘Arrange.allowed.addresses.in.the.list.before.the.denied.addresses’..  
To define a new IP access control entry  
1. Click.the.Add.button.to.display.a.popup.dialog:  
This.is.because.the.positions.of.entries.in.the.list.are.vitally.important..Once.a.  
range.of.addresses.is.denied.access,.it.is.not.possible.to.make.exceptions.for.  
particular.addresses.within.that.range..For.instance,.if.the.range.of.addresses.  
from.A.to.F.are.denied.access.first,.then.the.address.C.could.not.be.granted.  
access.lower.down.the.list..Address.C.needs.to.be.placed.in.the.list.before.the.  
denied.range.  
IMPORTANT: This feature should be configured with extreme caution as it is  
possible to deny access to everyone. If such an error occurs, see Clearing IP  
access control for details about how to regain access.  
Network/Address  
Mask  
Access  
Enter.the.network.address.  
that.is.to.be.allowed.or.denied.  
access..If.a.range.of.addresses.  
is.being.specified.then.specify.  
any.one.of.the.addresses.  
within.the.range.and.use.the.  
Mask.entry.to.indicate.the.size.  
of.the.range.  
Enter.an.IP.network.mask.  
that.indicates.the.range.of.  
addresses.that.are.to.be.  
allowed.or.denied.access..  
For.instance,.if.only.a.single.  
specified.IP.address.were.to.be.  
required,.the.mask.entry.would.  
be.255.255.255.255.in.order.  
to.specify.a.single.location..See.  
access control.for.details.  
Use.the.arrow.buttons.to.  
select.either.‘Allow’.or.  
‘Deny’.as.appropriate.  
In.the.list,.access.control.addresses.prefixed.by.‘+’.are.allow.entries.while.those.  
prefixed.by.‘–.‘.are.deny.entries.  
2. Enter.the.base.network address,.the.mask.and.select.the.appropriate.  
access.setting.  
3. Click.the.OK.button.  
To reorder access control entries  
IMPORTANT: When reordering, ensure that any specific allowed addresses are  
listed higher in the list than any denied addresses. Take care not to invoke any  
deny access settings that would exclude valid users.  
To get here  
1. Using.VNC.viewer.or.a.browser,.log.on.as.the.‘admin’.user.  
2. Click.the.‘Configure’.button.in.the.top.right.corner.  
3. Click.the.‘Network.configuration’.option.  
1. In.the.access.control.list,.click.on.the.entry.to.be.moved.  
2. Click.the.Up.or.Down.buttons.as.appropriate.  
To edit/remove access control entries  
1. In.the.access.control.list,.click.on.the.appropriate.entry.  
2. Click.either.the.Edit.or.Remove.button.as.appropriate.  
ꢇ9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Serial port configuration  
This.page.provides.all.access.to.settings.concerned.with.the.two.serial.ports.  
(modem.and.power.control).that.are.situated.at.the.rear.of.the.AdderView.CATx.  
IP.unit..  
Modem port  
PPP Server IP Address / PPP Client IP Address  
When.a.user.dials.into.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.via.a.modem.or.ISDN.adapter,.the.  
AdderView.CATx.IP.sets.up.a.temporary.two-device.network.using.PPP.(Point.to.  
Point.Protocol)..For.this.purpose,.both.devices.must.have.‘dummy’.IP.addresses.  
so.that.they.can.communicate.correctly..These.two.addresses.can.be.almost.  
anything.expressed.in.the.quad.octet.format.(i.e..192.168.3.1.)..However,.it.is.  
advisable.not.to.make.them.the.same.as.the.real.IP.addresses.used.by.either.the.  
remote.system.or.the.AdderView.CATx.IP..  
Baud Rate  
This.option.configures.the.speed.of.the.serial.connection.between.the.  
AdderView.CATx.IP.and.a.connected.modem.or.ISDN.terminal.adapter..The.  
default.setting.is.115200..The.other.communication.settings.are.fixed.as:.No.  
parity,.8.bit.word,.1.stop.bit.  
Initialization Sequence  
The.codes.entered.here.are.used.to.prepare.the.connected.modem.or.ISDN.  
terminal.adapter.for.use.with.the.AdderView.CATx.IP..The.default.code.is.  
a.Hayes-compatible.string.to.configure.auto.answer.mode.and.would.be.  
understood.by.the.vast.majority.of.modem/ISDN.devices..The.code.is.sent.when.  
the.AdderView.CATx.IP.is.first.switched.on.or.whenever.the.Initialize.button.is.  
clicked.  
Initialise  
When.clicked,.this.option.sends.the.characters.entered.in.the.Initialization.  
sequence.field.to.the.connected.modem.or.ISDN.terminal.adapter.  
To get here  
Restore Defaults  
1. Using.VNC.viewer.or.a.browser,.log.on.as.the.‘admin’.user.  
When.clicked,.this.option.resets.the.Baud.rate.and.Initialization.sequence.values.  
to.their.original.default.settings.  
2. Click.the.‘Configure’.button.in.the.top.right.corner.  
3. Click.the.‘Serial.port.configuration’.option.  
Power control port  
Baud Rate  
This.option.configures.the.speed.of.the.serial.connection.between.the.  
AdderView.CATx.IP.and.a.connected.power.control.unit..The.default.setting.is.  
9600.as.used.by.the.majority.of.power.units..The.other.communication.settings.  
are.fixed.as:.No.parity,.8.bit.word,.1.stop.bit.  
90  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Host configuration  
This.page.provides.the.opportunity.to.configure.various.details.for.each.of.the.  
host.systems.that.may.be.connected.to.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.via.one.or.more.  
KVM.switch.units..There.are.128.entries,.each.of.which.can.be.configured.with.  
a.name,.the.permitted.users,.the.hot.key.combinations.required.to.switch.to.it.  
and,.if.required,.appropriate.power.control.commands.  
To create a new host entry  
1. Click.one.of.the.host.entries.to.reveal.a.Host.configuration.dialog.  
Name  
. Enter.the.name.that.will.be.displayed.in.the.viewer.window.when.you.  
click.the.Host.button.  
Users  
. Select.the.users.that.will.be.permitted.to.connect.to.this.host..Either.  
enter. .to.allow.all.users.or.a.list.of.users.separated.by.commas.(e.g..  
*
admin,.nigel,.andy,.steve).  
KVM Port  
. Declare.the.Adder.Port.Direct.address.that.will.link.with.the.required.  
host.system..See.Adder Port Direct.for.details.  
. A.list.of.valid.hotkey.codes.are.given.in.Appendix 8.  
Power On  
. Enter.the.code.required.to.make.an.attached.power.control.unit.apply.  
power.to.the.selected.host..See.Power switching configuration.for.  
details..  
Power Off  
Add entry for unrecognised host  
. Enter.the.code.required.to.make.an.attached.power.control.unit.remove.  
power.from.the.selected.host..See.Power switching configuration.for.  
details.  
. When.selected,.any.systems.visited.that.are.not.specified.in.the.Hosts.list,.will.  
be.added.to.the.list..Use.with.care.when.visiting.complex.cascaded.systems.  
Erase Host Configuration  
. Removes.all.hosts.from.the.list..  
2. Enter.the.required.information.in.each.field.  
3. Click.the.OK.button.  
To get here  
1. Using.VNC.viewer.or.a.browser,.log.on.as.the.‘admin’.user.  
2. Click.the.‘Configure’.button.in.the.top.right.corner.  
3. Click.the.‘Host.configuration’.option.  
9ꢀ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Adder Port Direct  
Adder.Port.Direct.is.totally.transparent.communication.system.that.allows.  
supporting.devices.to.communicate.with.each.other..Using.the.keyboard.  
connections.that.link.each.device,.Adder.Port.Direct.allows:.  
•. A.controlling.device.to.provide.address.details.of.the.required.port,.the.users.  
name.and.access.rights,.mouse.calibration.and.video.mode.information.  
•. A.controlled.device.to.confirm.the.address.and.other.details.of.the.current.  
port.  
Such.communication.simplifies.both.the.configuration.and.selection.of.systems,.  
especially.within.a.complex.cascade.structure..Adder.Port.Direct.also.allows.  
the.AdderView.CATx.Hosts.option.to.directly.control.the.connected.switching.  
devices.(such.as.other.AdderView.CATx.units.in.cascade).and.then.apply.the.  
appropriate.video.capture.and.mouse.scaling.settings..Adder.Port.Direct.provides.  
excellent.security.control.to.prevent.users.from.accessing.systems.for.which.they.  
do.not.access.rights.(‘sideways.movement’).because.each.unit.is.fully.informed.  
of.each.users.precise.access.rights.  
Port/host addressing using Adder Port Direct  
When.adding.new.computers.to.the.Hosts.list,.the.option.‘Add entry for  
unrecognised host’.is.provided.to.automatically.add.new.entries.if.a.port.is.  
visited.that.does.not.already.have.a.matching.host.entry..This.is.a.useful.option.  
for.simple.configurations,.but.should.be.used.with.care.when.complex.cascades.  
of.units.are.being.used.as.it.may.lead.to.more.host.entries.being.added.than.are.  
strictly.necessary..  
Additionally,.you.can.specify.the.port.number.of.the.required.system.using.the.  
same.format.as.if.controlling.the.KVM.switch.directly..  
Examples  
ꢀꢅ...  
selects.port.16.and.is.equivalent.to.the.hotkey.sequence.+CTRL+ALT+–  
1+6  
A.0ꢄ. selects.port.5.on.AdderView.CATx.unit.that.is.cascaded.through.port.  
group.A.(see.cascade port numbering)...  
9ꢁ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Logging and status  
This.screen.provides.various.details.about.the.user.activity.on.the.AdderView.  
To copy and paste the log  
CATx.IP.unit..  
You.can.copy.the.information.listed.within.the.log.and.paste.it.into.another.  
application.  
Date and  
time the  
event  
Type of event, user name and access  
method or remote IP address  
1. While.viewing.the.log.screen,.press.Ctrl.and.C,.to.copy.the.data.into.the.  
clipboard.  
occurred  
2. In.a.text.application.(i.e..Word,.WordPad,.Notepad).press.Ctrl.and.V,.or.right.  
mouse.click.and.‘Paste’...  
Syslog Server IP Address  
Logging.information.can.optionally.be.sent,.as.it.occurs,.to.a.separate.system.  
using.the.standard.Syslog.protocol..Enter.the.IP.address.of.a.suitable.system.in.  
the.field.provided.  
For further details  
•. For.details.of.the.Syslog.protocol.(RFC.number:.3164).  
To get here  
1. Using.VNC.viewer.or.a.browser,.log.on.as.the.‘admin’.user.  
2. Click.the.‘Configure’.button.in.the.top.right.corner.  
3. Click.the.‘Logging.and.status’.option.  
Click to clear  
all log entries  
Click to  
refresh  
the list  
Optionally enter an  
IP address to which  
the status log should  
be sent  
Click to  
return to  
the main  
menu  
9ꢂ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Appendix 3 - VNC viewer connection options  
When.you.are.connecting.to.the.  
AdderView.CATx.IP.using.the.  
VNC.viewer,.a.number.of.options.  
are.available..  
Colour/Encoding  
Auto select  
When.ticked,.this.option.will.  
examine.the.speed.of.your.  
connection.to.the.AdderView.CATx.  
IP.and.apply.the.most.suitable.  
encoding.method..This.option.  
is.suggested.for.the.majority.of.  
installations.  
Click here to  
access the options  
There.are.six.tabbed.pages.of.options:  
•. Colour/Encoding  
Preferred encoding  
There.are.three.manually.selectable.  
encoding.methods.which.are.  
accessible.when.the.Auto.select.  
option.is.unticked..  
•. Misc  
•. ZRLE.–.This.is.a.highly.  
compressed.method.that.is.  
best.suited.to.slow.modem.  
connections.  
•. Hextile.–.This.method.offers.  
better.performance.than.the.ZRLE.when.used.over.a.high.speed.network.  
because.there.is.no.need.for.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.to.spend.time.highly.  
compressing.the.data.  
•. Raw.–.This.is.a.primitive,.uncompressed.method.that.is.mainly.used.for.  
technical.support.issues..You.are.recommended.not.to.use.this.method..  
Colour level  
This.section.allows.you.to.select.the.most.appropriate.colour.level.for.the.speed.  
of.the.connection.to.the.AdderView.CATx.IP..Where.the.connection.speed.is.  
slow.or.inconsistent.there.will.be.a.necessary.compromise.between.screen.  
response.and.colour.depth.  
•. Full.–.This.mode.is.suitable.only.for.fast.network.connections.and.will.pass.  
on.the.maximum.colour.depth.being.used.by.the.host.system.  
•. Medium (ꢁꢄꢅ colours).–.This.mode.reduces.the.host.system.output.  
to.a.256.colour.mode.and.is.more.suitable.for.ISDN.and.fast.modem.  
connections.  
•. Low (ꢅꢃ colours).–.This.mode.is.suitable.for.slower.modem.connections.  
and.reduces.the.host.system.output.to.64.colours..  
IMPORTANT:.If.you.make.any.changes.to.the.options.given.here.and.wish.to.  
retain.them.for.successive.connection.sessions,.you.must.save.the.changes...  
To.do.this,.change.to.the.‘Load/Save’.tab.and.click.the.‘Save’.button.within.the.  
‘Default’.section..  
•. Very low (ꢇ colours).–.This.mode.provides.very.rudimentary.picture.  
quality.and.hardly.any.speed.advantage.over.the.64.colour.setting..You.are.  
recommended.not.to.use.this.mode....  
9ꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Inputs  
Rate-limit mouse move events  
Enable all inputs  
When.ticked,.this.feature.reduces.the.mouse.movement.information.that.is.sent.  
to.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.and.host.system..This.is.useful.for.slow.connections.  
and.you.will.notice.that.the.remote.cursor.will.catch.up.with.the.local.cursor.  
roughly.once.every.second.  
When.selected,.allows.keyboard,.  
mouse.and.clipboard.data.to.be.  
transferred.between.server.and.  
viewer.systems.  
Enable 3-button mouse emulation  
Disable all inputs (view-only  
mode)  
When.selected,.prevents.control.  
data.being.passed.between.server.  
and.viewer..Viewer.can.display.the.  
server.output,.but.cannot.control.it.  
This.feature.allows.you.to.use.a.2-button.mouse.to.emulate.the.middle.button.  
of.a.3-button.mouse..When.enabled,.press.the.left.and.right.mouse.buttons.  
simultaneously.to.create.a.middle.button.action..You.are.advised.to.generally.  
use.a.3-button.mouse.  
Pass special keys directly to server  
When.ticked,.‘special’.keys.(the.Windows.key,.the.Print.Screen.key,.Alt+Tab,.  
Alt+Escape.and.Ctrl+Escape).are.passed.directly.to.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.rather.  
than.being.interpreted.locally..  
Customise  
Allows.you.to.select.which.data.can.  
be.transferred.between.server.and.  
viewer.  
Menu key  
This.feature.allows.you.to.select.which.function.key.is.used.to.display.the.VNC.  
viewer.options.menu..The.menu.key.is.only.way.to.exit.from.the.full.screen.  
viewer.mode...  
Send pointer events to server  
When.un-ticked,.the.VNC.viewer.  
will.not.send.mouse.movement.or.click.data.to.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.or.host.  
system.  
Send keyboard events to server  
When.un-ticked,.the.VNC.viewer.will.not.send.keyboard.information.to.the.  
AdderView.CATx.IP.or.host.system.  
Send clipboard changes to server  
This.feature.is.restricted.to.software.server.versions.of.VNC.and.has.no.effect.on.  
AdderView.CATx.IP.installations.  
IMPORTANT:.If.you.make.any.changes.to.the.options.given.here.and.wish.to.  
retain.them.for.successive.connection.sessions,.you.must.save.the.changes...  
To.do.this,.change.to.the.‘Load/Save’.tab.and.click.the.‘Save’.button.within.the.  
‘Default’.section..  
Accept clipboard changes from server  
This.feature.is.restricted.to.software.server.versions.of.VNC.and.has.no.effect.  
on.AdderView.CATx.IP.installations,.except.for.retreiving.the.activity.log.as.  
described.in.the.logging.and.status.section.  
9ꢄ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Scaling  
Misc  
No Scaling  
Shared connection (do not dis-  
No.attempt.is.made.to.make.the.  
screen.image.fit.the.viewer.window..  
You.may.need.to.scroll.horizontally.  
and/or.vertically.to.view.all.parts.of.  
the.screen.image.  
connect other viewers)  
This.option.does.not.apply.to.  
AdderView.CATx.IP.connections.  
Full screen mode  
When.ticked,.the.VNC.viewer.will.  
launch.in.full.screen.mode..Use.the.  
menu.key.(usually.F8).to.exit.from.  
full.screen.mode.  
Scale to Window Size  
Adjusts.the.server.screen.image.to.  
suit.the.size.of.the.viewer.window.  
Custom Size  
Render cursor locally  
Adjusts.the.server.screen.image.  
according.to.the.Width.and.Height.  
settings.in.the.adjacent.fields..A.drop.  
box.to.the.right.of.the.fields.allows.  
you.to.define.the.image.size.by.  
percentage.or.by.pixels,.as.required.  
This.option.does.not.currently.apply.  
to.AdderView.CATx.IP.connections..  
Allow dynamic desktop resizing  
When.ticked,.the.viewer.window.  
will.be.automatically.resized.  
whenever.the.host.systems.screen.  
resolution.is.altered..  
Preserve Aspect Ratio  
When.ticked,.maintains.a.consistent.  
ratio.between.the.horizontal.and.  
vertical.dimensions.of.the.screen.  
image.  
Only use protocol version ꢂ.ꢂ  
This.option.does.not.apply.to.AdderView.CATx.IP.connections.  
Beep when requested to by the server  
When.ticked,.your.local.system.will.beep.in.response.to.any.error.beeps.emitted.  
by.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.  
Offer to automatically reconnect  
When.ticked,.the.viewer.will.offer.to.restore.a.lost.connection.with.the.server.  
Try Single Sign-On if server allows it  
This.option.does.not.apply.to.AdderView.CATx.IP.connections.  
IMPORTANT:.If.you.make.any.changes.to.the.options.given.here.and.wish.to.  
retain.them.for.successive.connection.sessions,.you.must.save.the.changes...  
To.do.this,.change.to.the.‘Load/Save’.tab.and.click.the.‘Save’.button.within.the.  
‘Default’.section..  
9ꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Identities  
Load / Save  
This.feature.helps.your.VNC.  
Configuration File - Reload  
viewer.to.confirm.that.a.revisited.  
AdderView.CATx.IP.is.genuine.and.  
not.another.device.masquerading.  
as.an.AdderView.CATx.IP..The.list.  
given.will.retain.the.identities.of.all.  
visited.units.(that.have.full.security.  
enabled)..  
Allows.you.to.load.a.configuration.  
file.saved.from.this,.or.another.  
viewer.  
Configuration File - Save  
Allows.you.to.save.the.current.  
settings.so.that.they.can.be.copied.  
from.one.viewer.to.another.  
When.you.first.make.a.secure.  
connection.to.the.AdderView.  
Configuration File - Save As...  
Allows.you.to.save.the.current.  
settings.under.a.new.name.so.that.  
they.can.be.copied.from.one.viewer.  
to.another.  
CATx.IP,.the.security.information.  
for.that.AdderView.CATx.IP.unit.  
is.cached.within.this.Identities.tab.  
(i.e..the.“identity”.is.known)..The.  
next.time.that.you.connect.to.the.  
AdderView.CATx.IP,.its.identity.is.  
checked.against.the.stored.version..  
If.a.mismatch.is.found.between.the.  
current.and.the.stored.identities.  
then.a.warning.will.be.issued.to.you.  
Defaults - Reload  
When.clicked,.all.connection.  
options.are.returned.to.the.default.  
settings.that.are.currently.saved.  
Defaults - Save  
If.an.existing.AdderView.CATx.IP.is.fully.reconfigured.then.it.will.need.to.issued.  
with.a.new.identity..In.this.case.the.previous.identity,.listed.in.this.tab,.should.be.  
removed.so.that.a.new.identity.can.be.created.on.the.next.connection....  
When.clicked,.saves.the.current.connection.options.as.the.default.set.that.will.  
be.used.in.all.subsequent.VNC.connections..  
9ꢆ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Appendix 4 - VNC viewer window options  
Click.the.VNC.icon.in.the.top.left.corner.of.the.viewer.window.(or.press.F8).to.  
display.the.window.options:.  
Standard window control items  
Full screen  
Expands.the.VNC.viewer.window.to.fill.the.whole.screen.  
with.no.visible.window.edges.or.toolbar..Press.F8.to.re-  
display.this.menu.  
Single mouse mode (P)  
Used.for.fast.network.connections.where.a.second,.  
“predictor”.cursor.is.not.required.  
Ctrl, Alt, Send Fꢇ, Send Ctrl-Alt-Del  
Sends.the.selected.keypress(es).to.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.  
and.host.computer..This.is.necessary.because.certain.keys.  
and.key.combinations.are.trapped.by.the.VNC.viewer.  
Refresh Screen  
Requests.data.from.the.server.for.a.complete.redraw.of.  
the.screen.image,.not.just.the.items.that.change.  
New connection...  
Displays.the.connection.dialog.so.that.you.can.log.on.to.a.  
different.AdderView.CATx.or.VNC.server.location.  
Options...  
Displays.the.full.range.of.connection.options.-.see.  
Appendix 3.for.more.details.  
Connection info...  
Displays.various.connection.and.display.details.  
About...  
Displays.information.about.your.VNC.viewer....  
9ꢇ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Inputs  
Appendix 5 - Browser viewer options  
When.you.are.connecting.to.  
the.AdderView.CATx.IP.using.  
a.Web.browser,.a.number.of.  
options.are.available..  
View only (ignore mouse & keyboard)  
When.ticked,.the.viewer.will.not.send.keyboard.  
or.mouse.information.to.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.  
or.host.computer.  
Accept clipboard from server  
Click here to  
access the options  
This.feature.is.restricted.to.software.server.  
versions.of.VNC.and.has.no.effect.on.  
AdderView.CATx.IP.installations.  
There.are.four.options.pages:  
Send clipboard to server  
This.feature.is.restricted.to.software.server.versions.of.VNC.and.has.no.effect.on.  
AdderView.CATx.IP.installations.  
Encoding and colour level  
Auto select  
When.ticked,.this.option.will.examine.the.speed.  
of.your.connection.to.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.  
and.apply.the.most.suitable.encoding.method..  
This.option.is.suggested.for.the.majority.of.  
installations.  
Security  
ꢄꢀꢁ bits (low security)  
Selects.the.lowest.level.of.encoding.for.  
communications.between.the.browser.and.the.  
AdderView.CATx.IP.  
Preferred encoding  
ꢀ0ꢁꢃ bits (medium security)  
There.are.three.manually.selectable.encoding.  
methods.which.are.accessible.when.the.Auto.  
select.option.is.unticked..  
Selects.the.middle.level.of.encoding.for.  
communications.between.the.browser.and.the.  
AdderView.CATx.IP.  
•. ZRLE.–.This.is.a.highly.compressed.method.that.is.best.suited.to.slow.  
modem.connections.  
ꢁ0ꢃꢇ bits (high security)  
•. Hextile.–.This.method.offers.better.performance.than.the.ZRLE.when.used.  
over.a.high.speed.network.because.there.is.no.need.for.the.AdderView.  
CATx.to.spend.time.highly.compressing.the.data.  
Selects.the.highest.level.of.encoding.for.communications.between.the.browser.  
and.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.  
Misc  
•. Raw.–.This.is.a.primitive,.uncompressed.method.that.is.mainly.used.for.  
technical.support.issues..You.are.recommended.not.to.use.this.method..  
Shared (don’t disconnect other viewers)  
This.feature.is.restricted.to.software.server.  
versions.of.VNC.and.has.no.effect.on.  
AdderView.CATx.IP.installations.  
Colour level  
The.colour.level.is.fixed.at.Medium.(256.colours).for.almost.all.browsers.  
Render cursor locally  
This.feature.is.restricted.to.software.server.  
versions.of.VNC.and.has.no.effect.on.  
AdderView.CATx.IP.installations.  
Fast CopyRect  
This.feature.is.restricted.to.software.server.versions.of.VNC.and.has.no.effect.on.  
AdderView.CATx.IP.installations.  
99  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Appendix 6 – Addresses, masks and ports  
Net masks  
IP.address,.network.masks.and.ports.are.all.closely.linked.in.the.quest.for.one.  
The.net.mask.(or.sub-net.mask).informs.a.device.as.to.its.own.position.within.a.  
device.to.find.another.across.disparate.network.links.  
network..From.this.it.can.determine.whether.any.other.device.is.within.the.same.  
local.network.or.is.situated.further.afield.  
IP addresses  
Taking.the.telephone.number.analogy.given.in.the.IP.address.section,.in.order.  
to.use.the.telephone.system.efficiently,.it.is.vital.for.you.to.know.your.location.  
relative.to.the.person.you.are.calling..In.this.way.you.avoid.dialling.unnecessary.  
numbers...  
As.a.rough.analogy,.consider.how.you.use.the.telephone.system..The.phone.  
number.for.Adder.Technology.in.the.UK.is.0044 (0)1954 780044..This.number.  
consists.of.three.distinct.parts:  
When.one.network.device.needs.to.talk.to.another,.the.first.thing.that.it.will.  
do.is.a.quick.calculation.using.its.own.IP.address,.the.other.devices.IP.address.  
and.its.own.net.mask..Suppose.a.device.with.address.192.168.142.154.and.  
net.mask.255.255.255.0 needed.to.communicate.with.a.device.at.address.  
192.168.142.22..The.sending.device.would.perform.several.calculations:  
•. 0044.connects.from.another.country.to.the.UK  
•. (0)1954.selects.the.main.telephone.exchange.in.the.Bar.Hill.area.of.  
Cambridgeshire,.and  
•. 780044.is.the.unique.code.for.Adder.Technology.within.Bar.Hill.  
The.important.parts.of.the.whole.number.depend.on.where.you.are..If.you.were.  
based.in.the.same.local.area.as.Adder.Technology,.there.would.be.no.point.  
in.dialling.out.of.the.UK,.or.even.out.of.the.area..The.only.part.of.the.whole.  
number.that.you.are.interested.in.is.the.final.part:.780044.  
1
Sending.  
device.IP.  
address  
Destination.  
device.IP.  
address  
192 168 142 154  
192 168 142 000  
192 168 142 22  
192 168 142 000  
In.a.similar.way.to.the.various.parts.of.the.telephone.number,.the.four.sections.  
(or.Octets).of.every.IP.address.have.different.meanings.or.“weights”..Consider.  
the.following.typical.IP.address:.  
Net.mask  
Result  
3
2
192.168.142.154  
192.is.the.most.global.part.of.the.number.(akin.to.the.0044.of.the.phone.  
number).and.154.is.the.most.local.(similar.to.the.780044.unique.local.code.of.  
the.phone.number)...  
192.168.142.000..=..192.168.142.000.?...Answer:.Yes  
4
Address  
is local  
When.two.network.devices.communicate.with.each.other,.they.always.“dial.the.  
whole.number”.regardless.of.their.respective.locations.in.a.network..However,.  
they.still.need.to.know.whether.the.other.device.is.local.to.them.or.not,.and.this.  
is.where.the.net.mask.comes.into.play.  
1.The.net.mask.is.used.to.determine.the.local.and.global.parts.of.the.senders.IP.  
address..Where.there.is.255.in.the.mask,.the.corresponding.address.slips.through,.  
where.there.is.a.0,.it.is.blocked.  
2.Where.the.net.mask.was.0,.the.corresponding.part.of.the.result.is.also.zero.-.this.  
section.is.now.known.to.be.the.local.part.of.the.IP.address.  
3.The.same.process.is.carried.out.for.the.destination.address,.again.using.the.senders.  
net.mask..Now.the.local.parts.of.both.addresses.have.been.equalised.to.zero,.because.  
their.values.are.not.important.in.determining.whether.they.are.both.in.the.same.local.  
network....  
4.The.results.of.the.two.net.mask.operations.are.now.compared,.if.they.match,.the.  
destination.is.local..If.not,.then.the.sender.will.still.use.the.same.full.destination.IP.  
address.but.will.also.flag.the.message.to.go.via.the.local.network.gateway.and.out.  
into.the.wider.world..  
The.reason.for.doing.this?.It.makes.the.network,.as.a.whole,.much.more.  
efficient..If.every.message.for.every.recipient.was.shoved.straight.out.onto.the.  
Internet,.the.whole.thing.would.grind.to.a.halt.within.seconds..Net.masks.keep.  
local.traffic.just.that.-.local.  
ꢀ00  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Net masks - the binary explanation  
To.really.understand.the.operation.of.a.net.mask.it.is.necessary.to.delve.deeper.  
into.the.life.blood.of.computers.–.binary;.this.is.native.digital,.where.everything.  
is.either.a.1.(one).or.0.(zero),.on.or.off,.yes.or.no..  
The.net.mask.operation.described.on.the.previous page.is.known.as.a.‘bit-wise.  
AND.function’..The.example.of.255.255.255.0.is.handy.because.the.last.octet.  
is.completely.zero.and.is.“clean”.for.illustrative.purposes..However,.actual.net.  
mask.calculations.are.carried.out,.not.on.whole.decimal.numbers,.but.bit.by.bit.  
on.binary.numbers,.hence.the.term.‘bit-wise’..In.a.real.local.network,.a.net.mask.  
might.be.255.255.255.240..Such.an.example.would.no.longer.be.quite.so.clear,.  
until.you.look.at.the.net.mask.in.its.binary.form:  
. 11111111.11111111.11111111.11110000  
In.this.case,.the.four.zeroes.at.the.end.of.the.net.mask.indicate.that.the.local.  
part.of.the.address.is.formed.by.only.the.last.four.bits..If.you.use.the.diagram.  
from.the.previous.example.and.insert.the.new.net.mask,.it.will.have.the.  
following.effect.on.the.final.result:  
Decimal octet prior to AND  
operation with net mask  
154  
192 168 142 154  
192 168 142 144  
Binary equivalent of ꢀꢄꢃ  
10011010  
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
Inside a bit-wise AND function  
When.you.“open.up”.the.last.octet.  
of.the.net.mask.and.look.at.the.  
binary.inside,.you.can.see.the.last.  
four.zero.bits.preventing.any.1s.in.  
the.address.from.falling.through..  
10010000  
Binary octet after AND  
operation with net mask  
Decimal equivalent of ꢀ00ꢀ0000  
144  
Thus,.when.154.is.bit-wise ANDed.with.240,.the.result.is.144..Likewise,.any.  
local.address.from.192.168.142.144.through.to.192.168.142.159.would.  
produce.exactly.the.same.result.when.combined.with.this.net.mask,.hence.they.  
would.all.be.local.addresses..However,.any.difference.in.the.upper.three.octets.  
or.the.upper.four.bits.of.the.last.octet.would.slip.through.the.mask.and.the.  
address.would.be.flagged.as.not.being.local.....  
ꢀ0ꢀ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Calculating the mask for IP access control  
The.permissible.mask.values.(for.all.octets).are.as.follows:.  
The.IP.access.control.function.uses.a.standard.IP.address.and.a.net.mask.  
notation.to.specify.both.single.locations.and.ranges.of.addresses..In.order.to.  
use.this.function.correctly,.you.need.to.calculate.the.mask.so.that.it.accurately.  
encompasses.the.required.address(es).  
Mask octet  
255  
Binary  
Number of addresses encompassed  
1 address  
11111111  
11111110.  
11111100.  
11111000.  
11110000.  
11100000.  
11000000.  
10000000.  
00000000.  
254  
2 addresses.  
Single locations  
252  
4 addresses  
Some.of.the.simplest.addresses.to.allow.or.deny.are.single.locations..In.this.case.  
you.enter.the.required.IP.address.into.the.‘Network/Address’.field.and.simply.  
enter.the.‘Mask’.as.255.255.255.255.(255 used throughout the mask means  
that every bit of the address will be compared and so there can only be one  
unique address to match the one stated in the ‘Network/Address’ field).  
248  
8 addresses  
240  
16 addresses  
224  
32 addresses  
192  
64 addresses  
128  
128 addresses  
256 addresses  
All locations  
The.other.easy.setting.to.make.is.ALL.addresses,.using.the.mask.0.0.0.0..As.  
standard,.the.IP.access.control.section.includes.the.entry:. 0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0  
0
+
If.the.access.control.range.that.you.need.to.define.is.not.possible.using.one.  
address.and.one.mask,.then.you.could.break.it.down.into.two.or.more.entries..  
Each.of.these.entries.could.then.use.smaller.ranges.(of.differing.sizes).that,.  
when.combined.with.the.other.entries,.cover.the.range.that.you.require.  
The.purpose.of.this.entry.is.to.include.all.IP.addresses..It.is.possible.to.similarly.  
exclude.all.addresses,.however,.take.great.care.not.to.do.this.as.you.instantly.  
render.all.network.access.void..There.is.a.recovery procedure.should.this.occur..  
Address ranges  
For.instance,.to.accurately.encompass.the.range.in.the.earlier.example:  
Although.you.can.define.ranges.of.addresses,.due.to.the.way.that.the.mask.  
operates,.there.are.certain.restrictions.on.the.particular.ranges.that.can.be.set..  
For.any.given.address.you.can.encompass.neighbouring.addresses.in.blocks.of.  
either.2,.4,.8,.16,.32,.64,.128,.etc..and.these.must.fall.on.particular.boundaries..  
For.instance,.if.you.wanted.to.define.the.local.address.range:.  
192.168.142.67 to 192.168.142.93.  
You.would.need.to.define.the.following.six.address.and.mask.combinations.in.  
the.IP.access.control.section:  
Network/address entry Mask entry  
192.168.142.67 to 192.168.142.93.  
192.168.142.67  
192.168.142.68  
192.168.142.72  
192.168.142.80  
192.168.142.88  
192.168.142.93  
255.255.255.255  
255.255.255.252  
255.255.255.248  
255.255.255.248  
255.255.255.252  
255.255.255.255  
defines 1 address (.67)  
The.closest.single.block.to.cover.the.range.would.be.the.32.addresses.from:.  
192.168.142.64 to 192.168.142.95..  
defines 4 addresses (.68 to .71)  
defines 8 addresses (.72 to .79)  
defines 8 addresses (.80 to .87)  
defines 4 addresses (.88 to .92)  
defines 1 address (.93)  
The.mask.needed.to.accomplish.this.would.be:.255.255.255.224..  
When.you.look.at.the.mask.in.binary,.the.picture.becomes.a.little.clearer..The.  
above.mask.has.the.form:.11111111.11111111.11111111.11100000.  
Ignoring.the.initial.three.octets,.the.final.six.zeroes.of.the.mask.would.ensure.  
that.the.32.addresses.from..64.(01000000).to..95.(01011111).would.all.be.  
treated.in.the.same.manner..See.Net masks - the binary explanation.for.  
details........  
When.defining.a.mask,.the.important.rule.to.remember.is:  
There must be no ‘ones’ to the right of a ‘zero’..  
For.instance,.(ignoring.the.first.three.octets).you.could.not.use.a.mask.that.had.  
11100110 because.this.would.affect.intermittent.addresses.within.a.range.in.an.  
impractical.manner..The.same.rule.applies.across.the.octets..For.example,.if.you.  
have.zeroes.in.the.third.octet,.then.all.of.the.fourth.octet.must.be.zeroes..  
ꢀ0ꢁ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Ports  
Security issues with ports  
The.settings.of.port.numbers.become.important.when.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.  
is.situated.behind.a.network.firewall..In.order.for.a.remote.VNC.viewer.or.web.  
browser.to.make.contact.with.your.AdderView.CATx.IP,.it.is.necessary.for.the.  
firewall.to.allow.communication.through.a.particular.numbered.port.to.occur..  
If.you.accept.the.analogy.of.IP addresses.being.rather.like.telephone.numbers,.  
then.think.of.ports.as.extension.numbers..In.a.company.of.any.size,.you.  
generally.wouldn’t.expect.the.accounts.department.to.share.the.same.telephone.  
with.the.technical.department..Although.their.calls.may.all.be.related.to.the.  
same.company,.they.concern.very.different.aspects.of.that.company..  
One.specific.function.of.firewalls.is.to.restrict.access.to.ports.in.order.to.prevent.  
malicious.attackers.using.them.as.a.route.into.your.network..Every.new.port.that.  
is.opened.offers.a.new.possibility.for.hackers.and.so.the.number.of.accessible.  
ports.is.purposefully.kept.to.a.minimum..In.such.cases,.it.may.be.advantageous.  
to.change.one.or.both.AdderView.CATx.IP.ports.to.use.the.same.number..The.  
other.alternative.is.to.place.the.AdderView.CATx.IP.unit.outside.the.firewall.and.  
take.full.advantage.of.its.secure.operation.features.–.see.Networking issues.for.  
details.  
It.is.the.same.with.IP.network.connections..Although.you.have.only.one.network.  
link.into.your.computer.and.only.one.IP.address.(phone.number),.you.are.  
probably.performing.many.different.tasks.through.that.one.link,.often.at.the.  
same.time..Thus,.when.you.browse.the.web.your.outgoing.requests.and.the.  
incoming.information.are.all.channelled.through.port.80..When.you.send.an.  
email,.it.travels.through.port.25.and.when.you.transfer.files.you.are,.without.  
knowing.it,.using.port.20.  
IMPORTANT: The correct configuration of routers and firewalls requires  
advanced networking skills and intimate knowledge of the particular network.  
Adder Technology cannot provide specific advice on how to configure your  
network devices and strongly recommend that such tasks are carried out by a  
qualified professional.  
At.the.“border.crossing”.between.the.wider.Internet.and.every.local.network.  
attached.to.it,.there.is.a.router.that.is.usually.combined.with.a.firewall..One.of.  
its.main.tasks.is.to.direct.incoming.traffic.to.the.correct.place.within.its.local.  
network..A.key.piece.of.information.to.help.it.do.this.is.the.port.number:.  
User.with.VNC.viewer.accesses.  
User.accesses.the.company.  
IP.address:.129.7.1.10.(this.  
automatically.uses.port.5900)..  
website.at:.129.7.1.10.(this.  
automatically.uses.port.80)..  
Router/firewall address: ꢀꢁ9.ꢆ.ꢀ.ꢀ0  
Router.is.programmed.to.send.port.5900.  
VNC.traffic.to.local.address.192.168.0.3.  
and.port.80.web.traffic.to.local.address.  
192.168.0.42  
.
Web.server.has.the.local.  
IP.address:.192.168.0.42  
AdderView.CATx.IP.has.  
the.local.IP.address:.  
192.168.0.3  
ꢀ0ꢂ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Appendix 7 – Cable and connector specifications  
AdderView CATx to power switch cable  
RS232 serial mouse to PS/2 converter cable  
ꢅpin mini-DIN  
female  
9pin D-type  
female  
9pin D-type female  
ꢃpin RJ9  
NC  
CLK  
DAT  
TXD  
GND  
+5V  
-12V  
5
1
2
3
4
6
1
2
5
4
6
7
3
8
9
DCD  
RXD  
GND  
DTR  
DSR  
RTS  
Power switch to power switch daisy chain cable  
TXD (-12V)  
CTS  
Female  
5
3
ꢃpin RJ9  
ꢃpin RJ9  
6
NC  
NC  
4
RI  
1
2
RS232 serial flash upgrade cable  
9pin D-type female  
9pin D-type male  
ꢀ0ꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Multi-head synchronisation cable  
MASTER end  
SLAVE end  
9pin D-type male  
9pin D-type male  
Use this cable when two  
AdderView CATx devices are  
being synchronised.  
MASTER end  
SLAVEꢀ end  
9pin D-type male  
9pin D-type male  
Use this cable when three  
AdderView CATx devices are  
being synchronised.  
SLAVEꢁ end  
9pin D-type male  
ꢀ0ꢄ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Appendix 8 – Hotkey sequence codes  
These.codes.are.used.when.defining.hotkey.switching.sequences.(macros).for.  
host.computers.and.allow.you.to.include.almost.any.of.the.special.keys.on.the.  
keyboard...  
Permissible key presses  
Creating macro sequences  
Hot.key.macro.sequences.can.be.up.to.256.characters.long..All.keys.are.  
assumed.to.be.released.at.the.end.of.a.line,.however,.you.can.also.determine.  
that.a.key.is.pressed.and.released.within.a.sequence..Any.of.the.following.three.  
examples.will.send.a.command.that.emulates.and.a.press.and.release.of.the.  
Scroll.Lock.key:.  
Main control keys (see ‘Using abbreviations’)  
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Backspace. .Tab. .Return. .Enter. .Ctrl. .Alt. .Win. .Shift. .LShift. .RShift..  
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LCtrl. .RCtrl. .LAlt. .AltGr. .RAlt. .LWin. .RWin. .Menu. .Escape. .Space.  
|
|
|
CapsLock. .NumLock. .PrintScreen. .Scrolllock  
+SCROLL-SCROLL.  
+-SCROLL.  
+SCROLL-  
Math operand keys (see ‘Using abbreviations’)  
|
|
Add.(Plus). .Subtract.(Minus). .Multiply  
Central control keys (see ‘Using abbreviations’)  
Example:  
|
|
|
|
|
Insert. .Delete. .Home. .End. .PageUp. .PageDown  
+-SCROLL+-SCROLL+1+ENTER  
|
|
|
|
|
Up. .Down. .Left. .Right. .Print. .Pause  
Press.and.release.scroll.twice,.press.1.then.enter.then.release.all.keys.(equivalent.  
definition.is.+SCROLL-SCROLL+SCROLL-SCROLL+1+ENTER-1-ENTER)  
Keypad keys (see ‘Using abbreviations’)  
|
|
|
|
KP_Insert. .KP_Delete. .KP_Home. .KP_End. .KP_PageUp.  
Using abbreviations  
|
|
|
|
|
KP_PageDown. .KP_Up. .KP_Down. .KP_Left. .KP_Right. .KP_Enter  
To.reduce.the.length.of.the.key.definitions,.any.unique.abbreviation.for.a.  
key.can.be.used..For.example:.“scroll”,.“scr”.and.even.“sc”.all.provide.an.  
identifiable.match.for.“ScrollLock”.whereas.“en”.could.not.be.used.because.it.  
might.mean.“Enter”.or.“End”.(“ent”.would.be.suitable.for.“Enter”)..  
|
|
|
KP_Add. .KP_Subtract. .KP_Divide. .KP_Multiply.  
KP_0.to.KP_9  
Note: Hotkey sequences and abbreviations are not case sensitive..  
Function keys  
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F1. .F2. .F3. .F4. .F5. .F6. .F7. .F8. .F9. .F10. .F11. .F12  
For.information.about.where.to.enter.these.codes,.please.see.the.sections.Host  
ASCII characters  
All.characters.can.be.entered.using.their.ASCII.codes,.from.32.to.126.(i.e..A,B,C,.  
….1,2,3.etc.).with.the.exception.of.the.special.characters.‘+’,.‘-’,.‘+–’.and.‘*’.  
which.have.special.meanings,.as.explained.below.  
Codes with special meanings  
+.. means.press.down.the.key.that.follows  
–.. means.release.the.key.that.follows  
+–.means.press.down.and.release.the.key.that.follows  
*.. means.wait.250ms.(note:.if.a.number.immediately.follows.the.asterisk,.then..  
the.delay.will.equal.the.number,.in.milliseconds)  
Note: Hotkey sequences are not case sensitive.  
ꢀ0ꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Appendix 9 – Supported video modes  
The.following.video.modes.are.supported.and.can.be.automatically.configured.  
by.the.AdderView.CATx.units..If.a.recognised.video.mode.cannot.be.found,.the.  
AdderView.CATx.will.gradually.change.some.of.the.key.parameters.to.discover.  
whether.a.video.lock.can.be.achieved..Support.for.VESA.GTF.(Generalized.  
Timing.Formula).is.available.and.can.be.enabled.via.the.Advanced Unit  
Configuration.screen..  
The.half.width.video.modes.capture.every.other.pixel..These.are.not.generally.  
recommended.for.normal.use.but.may.be.used.for.emergency.access.to.high.  
resolution,.high.frequency.system.screens..Half.width.screens.can.be.expanded.  
to.normal.width.using.the.scaling.features.of.the.viewer..  
vesa.720.x.400.@.70Hz*  
sun.1152.x.900.@.66Hz.  
sun.1152.x.900.@.76Hz.  
sun.1280.x.1024.@.67Hz  
vesa.720.x.400.@.85Hz  
vesa.640.x.480.@.60Hz  
vesa.640.x.480.@.72Hz  
vesa.640.x.480.@.75Hz  
vesa.640.x.480.@.85Hz  
apple.640.x.480.@.67Hz.  
apple.832.x.624.@.75Hz.  
apple.1152.x.870.@.75Hz  
vesa.800.x.600.@.56Hz  
vesa.800.x.600.@.60Hz  
vesa.800.x.600.@.72Hz  
1900.x.1200.@.60Hz**..  
vesa.800.x.600.@.75Hz  
vesa.800.x.600.@.85Hz  
vesa.1024.x.768.@.60Hz  
vesa.1024.x.768.@.70Hz  
vesa.1024.x.768.@.75Hz  
vesa.1024.x.768.@.85Hz  
vesa.1152.x.864.@.75Hz  
vesa.1280.x.960.@.60Hz  
vesa.1280.x.1024.@.60Hz  
vesa.1280.x.1024.@.75Hz  
vesa.1600.x.1200.@.60Hz  
vesa.1600.x.1200.@.65Hz.half-width  
vesa.1600.x.1200.@.70Hz.half-width  
vesa.1600.x.1200.@.75Hz.half-width  
vesa.1600.x.1200.@.85Hz.half-width  
*.. Not.actually.a.VESA.mode.but.a.common.DOS/BIOS.mode  
**.May.also.work.on.some.systems.when.the.operating.temperature.of.the.AdderView.  
CATx.is.controlled.  
ꢀ0ꢆ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Warranty  
Safety information  
Adder.Technology.Ltd.warrants.that.this.product.shall.be.free.from.defects.in.  
workmanship.and.materials.for.a.period.of.two.years.from.the.date.of.original.  
purchase..If.the.product.should.fail.to.operate.correctly.in.normal.use.during.the.  
warranty.period,.Adder.will.replace.or.repair.it.free.of.charge..No.liability.can.be.  
accepted.for.damage.due.to.misuse.or.circumstances.outside.Adders.control..  
Also.Adder.will.not.be.responsible.for.any.loss,.damage.or.injury.arising.directly.  
or.indirectly.from.the.use.of.this.product..Adders.total.liability.under.the.terms.  
of.this.warranty.shall.in.all.circumstances.be.limited.to.the.replacement.value.of.  
this.product.  
•. For.use.in.dry,.oil.free.indoor.environments.only.  
•. Both.the.AdderView.CATx.and.its.power.supply.generate.heat.when.in.  
operation.and.will.become.warm.to.the.touch..Do.not.enclose.them.or.  
place.them.locations.where.air.cannot.circulate.to.cool.the.equipment..Do.  
not.operate.the.equipment.in.ambient.temperatures.exceeding.40.degrees.  
Centigrade..Do.not.place.the.products.in.contact.with.equipment.whose.  
surface.temperature.exceeds.40.degrees.Centigrade.  
•. Warning.-.live.parts.contained.within.power.adapter.  
•. No.user.serviceable.parts.within.power.adapter.-.do.not.dismantle.  
If.any.difficulty.is.experienced.in.the.installation.or.use.of.this.product.that.you.  
are.unable.to.resolve,.please.contact.your.supplier.  
Plug.the.power.adapter.into.a.socket.outlet.close.to.the.module.that.it.is.  
powering.  
Replace.the.power.adapter.with.a.manufacturer.approved.type.only..  
Do.not.use.the.power.adapter.if.the.power.adapter.case.becomes.damaged,.  
cracked.or.broken.or.if.you.suspect.that.it.is.not.operating.properly.  
If.you.use.a.power.extension.cord.with.the.AdderView.CATx,.make.sure.  
the.total.ampere.rating.of.the.devices.plugged.into.the.extension.cord.does.  
not.exceed.the.cords.ampere.rating..Also,.make.sure.that.the.total.ampere.  
rating.of.all.the.devices.plugged.into.the.wall.outlet.does.not.exceed.the.  
wall.outlets.ampere.rating.  
Do.not.attempt.to.service.the.AdderView.CATx.yourself.  
Safety considerations when using power switches with AdderView CATx  
•. Follow.the.manufacturers.instructions.when.setting.up.and.using.power.  
switching.products.  
•. Always.ensure.that.the.total.ampere.rating.of.the.devices.plugged.into.the.  
power.switching.product.does.not.exceed.the.power.switching.products.  
ampere.rating..Also,.make.sure.that.the.total.ampere.rating.of.all.the.  
devices.plugged.into.the.wall.outlet.does.not.exceed.the.wall.outlets.  
ampere.rating.  
General Public License (Linux)  
The.AdderView.CATx.runs.an.embedded.version.of.the.Linux.operating.system,.  
licensed.under.the.GNU.General.Public.License..To.obtain.the.source.code.for.  
the.open-source.components.of.the.system.visit:  
.
http://www.realvnc.com/products/AdderLinkIP/gpl.html  
ꢀ0ꢇ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
ꢃ. Limitation on Liability  
End user licence agreement  
UNDER.NO.CIRCUMSTANCES.SHALL.REALVNC.BE.LIABLE.FOR.ANY.  
CONSEQUENTIAL.INDIRECT.OR.INCIDENTAL.DAMAGES.WHATSOEVER.  
INCLUDING.LOST.PROFITS.OR.SAVINGS.ARISING.OUT.OF.THE.USE.OF.THE.  
SOFTWARE,.THE.SERVICE.OR.THE.INFORMATION,.RELIANCE.ON.THE.DATA.  
PRODUCED.OR.INABILITY.TO.USE.THE.SOFTWARE,.THE.SERVICE.OR.THE.  
INFORMATION.EVEN.IF.REALVNC.HAS.BEEN.ADVISED.OF.THE.POSSIBILITY.OF.  
SUCH.DAMAGES...BECAUSE.SOME.STATES.AND.COUNTRIES.DO.NOT.ALLOW.  
THE.EXCLUSION.OR.LIMITATION.OF.LIABILITY.FOR.CONSEQUENTIAL.OR.  
INCIDENTAL.DAMAGES,.THE.ABOVE.LIMITATION.MAY.NOT.APPLY.TO.YOU.  
PLEASE.READ.THIS.AGREEMENT.CAREFULLY..THIS.AGREEMENT.CONCERNS.  
ENHANCED.VNC.VIEWER.SOFTWARE.(“the.SOFTWARE”).FOR.USE.WITH.THE.  
AdderView.CATx.PRODUCT.(“the.PRODUCT”)..THE.SOFTWARE.IS.PROVIDED.  
TO.ENABLE.YOU.TO.OPERATE.THE.PRODUCT...BY.USING.ALL.OR.ANY.PORTION.  
OF.THE.SOFTWARE.YOU.ACCEPT.ALL.THE.TERMS.AND.CONDITIONS.OF.THIS.  
AGREEMENT..IF.YOU.DO.NOT.ACCEPT.ALL.THE.TERMS.AND.CONDITIONS.  
OF.THIS.AGREEMENT.THEN.DO.NOT.USE.THE.SOFTWARE...BY.USING.ANY.  
UPDATED.VERSION.OF.THE.SOFTWARE.WHICH.MAY.BE.MADE.AVAILABLE,.YOU.  
ACCEPT.THAT.THE.TERMS.OF.THIS.AGREEMENT.APPLY.TO.SUCH.UPDATED.  
SOFTWARE.  
NOTHING.IN.THIS.AGREEMENT.LIMITS.LIABILITY.FOR.DEATH.OR.PERSONAL.  
INJURY.ARISING.FROM.A.PARTY’S.NEGLIGENCE.OR.FROM.FRAUDULENT.  
MISREPRESENTATION.ON.THE.PART.OF.A.PARTY  
ꢀ. Intellectual Property Rights  
ꢄ. Export Control  
The.Software.and.its.structure.and.algorithms.are.protected.by.copyright.and.  
other.intellectual.property.laws,.and.all.intellectual.property.rights.in.them.  
belong.to.RealVNC.Limited.(“RealVNC”),.a.United.Kingdom.Limited.Company,.  
or.are.licensed.to.it...You.may.not.reproduce,.publish,.transmit,.modify,.create.  
derivative.works.from,.publicly.display.the.Software.or.part.thereof...Copying.  
or.storing.or.using.the.Software.other.than.as.permitted.in.Clause.2.is.expressly.  
prohibited.unless.you.obtain.prior.written.permission.from.RealVNC.  
The.United.States.and.other.countries.control.the.export.of.Software.and.  
information....You.are.responsible.for.compliance.with.the.laws.of.your.local.  
jurisdiction.regarding.the.import,.export.or.re-export.of.the.Software,.and.agree.  
to.comply.with.such.restrictions.and.not.to.export.or.re-export.the.Software.  
where.this.is.prohibited...By.downloading.the.Software,.you.are.agreeing.that.  
you.are.not.a.person.or.entity.to.which.such.export.is.prohibited.  
ꢅ. Term and Termination  
ꢁ. Permitted and Prohibited Uses  
This.licence.shall.continue.in.force.unless.and.until.it.is.terminated.by.RealVNC.  
by.e-mail.notice.to.you,.if.it.reasonably.believes.that.you.have.breached.a.  
material.term.of.this.Agreement  
2.1. During.the.term.of.this.Agreement.and.as.long.as.you.comply.with.the.  
terms.of.this.agreement,.you.may.use.the.Software.only.with.the.Product.  
for.your.personal.use.or.for.the.internal.use.of.your.business...You.may.  
make.as.many..copies.of.the.Software.as.you.require.for.your.own.internal.  
business.purposes.only.and.for.archival.purposes..You.are.expressly.  
prohibited.from.distributing.the.Software.in.any.format,.in.whole.or.in.  
part,.for.sale,.or.for.commercial.use.or.for.any.unlawful.purpose.  
In.the.case.above,.you.must.delete.and.destroy.all.copies.of.the.Software.in.your.  
possession.and.control.and.overwrite.any.electronic.memory.or.storage.locations.  
containing.the.Software.  
ꢆ. General Terms  
2.2. You.may.not.rent,.lease.or.otherwise.transfer.the.Software.or.allow.it.  
to.be.copied...Unless.permitted.by.law,.you.may.not.reverse.engineer,.  
decompile.or.disassemble.the.Software.  
7.1. The.construction,.validity.and.performance.of.this.Agreement.shall.be.  
governed.in.all.respects.by.English.law,.and.the.Parties.agree.to.submit.to.  
the.exclusive.jurisdiction.of.the.English.courts.  
7.2. If.any.provision.of.this.agreement.is.found.to.be.invalid.by.any.court.  
having.competent.jurisdiction,.the.invalidity.of.such.provision.shall.not.  
affect.the.validity.of.the.remaining.provisions.of.this.agreement,.which.  
shall.remain.in.full.force.and.effect.  
ꢂ. Warranty  
REALVNC.DOES.NOT.WARRANT.ANY.RESULTS.OBTAINED.USING.THE.  
SOFTWARE..TO.THE.EXTENT.PERMITTED.BY.LAW,.REALVNC.DISCLAIMS.  
ALL.OTHER.WARRANTIES.ON.THE.SOFTWARE,.EITHER.EXPRESS.OR.  
IMPLIED,.INCLUDING.BUT.NOT.LIMITED.TO.THE.IMPLIED.WARRANTIES.OF.  
MERCHANTABILITY,.NON-INFRINGEMENT.OF.THIRD.PARTY.RIGHTS.AND.FITNESS.  
FOR.PARTICULAR.PURPOSE...  
7.3. No.waiver.of.any.term.of.this.agreement.shall.be.deemed.a.further.or.  
continuing.waiver.of.such.term.or.any.other.term.  
7.4. This.agreement.constitutes.the.entire.agreement.between.you.and.  
RealVNC...  
ꢀ09  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Radio Frequency Energy  
A.Category.5.(or.better).twisted.pair.cable.must.be.used.to.connect.the.units.in.  
order.to.maintain.compliance.with.radio.frequency.energy.emission.regulations.  
and.ensure.a.suitably.high.level.of.immunity.to.electromagnetic.disturbances.  
All.other.interface.cables.used.with.this.equipment.must.be.shielded.in.order.  
to.maintain.compliance.with.radio.frequency.energy.emission.regulations.and.  
ensure.a.suitably.high.level.of.immunity.to.electromagnetic.disturbances.  
European EMC directive 89/336/EEC  
FCC Compliance Statement (United States)  
This.equipment.has.been.tested.and.found.to.comply.with.the.limits.for.a.class.  
A.computing.device.in.accordance.with.the.specifications.in.the.European.  
standard.EN55022..These.limits.are.designed.to.provide.reasonable.protection.  
against.harmful.interference..This.equipment.generates,.uses.and.can.radiate.  
radio.frequency.energy.and.if.not.installed.and.used.in.accordance.with.the.  
instructions.may.cause.harmful.interference.to.radio.or.television.reception..  
However,.there.is.no.guarantee.that.harmful.interference.will.not.occur.in.a.  
particular.installation..If.this.equipment.does.cause.interference.to.radio.or.  
television.reception,.which.can.be.determined.by.turning.the.equipment.on.  
and.off,.the.user.is.encouraged.to.correct.the.interference.with.one.or.more.  
of.the.following.measures:.(a).Reorient.or.relocate.the.receiving.antenna..(b).  
Increase.the.separation.between.the.equipment.and.the.receiver..(c).Connect.  
the.equipment.to.an.outlet.on.a.circuit.different.from.that.to.which.the.receiver.  
is.connected..(d).Consult.the.supplier.or.an.experienced.radio/TV.technician.for.  
help..  
This.equipment.generates,.uses.and.can.radiate.radio.frequency.energy.  
and.if.not.installed.and.used.properly,.that.is,.in.strict.accordance.with.the.  
manufacturers.instructions,.may.cause.interference.to.radio.communication..  
It.has.been.tested.and.found.to.comply.with.the.limits.for.a.class.A.computing.  
device.in.accordance.with.the.specifications.in.Subpart.J.of.part.15.of.FCC.rules,.  
which.are.designed.to.provide.reasonable.protection.against.such.interference.  
when.the.equipment.is.operated.in.a.commercial.environment..Operation.of.this.  
equipment.in.a.residential.area.may.cause.interference,.in.which.case.the.user.at.  
his.own.expense.will.be.required.to.take.whatever.measures.may.be.necessary.  
to.correct.the.interference..Changes.or.modifications.not.expressly.approved.by.  
the.manufacturer.could.void.the.users.authority.to.operate.the.equipment.  
Canadian Department of Communications RFI statement  
This.equipment.does.not.exceed.the.class.A.limits.for.radio.noise.emissions.from.  
digital.apparatus.set.out.in.the.radio.interference.regulations.of.the.Canadian.  
Department.of.Communications.  
Le présent appareil numérique n’émet pas de bruits radioélectriques dépassant  
les limites applicables aux appareils numériques de la classe A prescrites dans  
le règlement sur le brouillage radioélectriques publié par le ministère des  
Communications du Canada.  
ꢀꢀ0  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
©.2008.Adder.Technology.Limited  
All.trademarks.are.acknowledged.  
Release.1.1b  
February.2008  
Part.No..ADD0065  
Adder.Corporation,  
29.Water.Street,  
Adder.Technology.Limited,  
Technology.House,  
Adder.Asia.Pacific  
6.New.Industrial.Road,.  
Hoe.Huat.Industrial.Building  
#07-01,.  
Newburyport,  
Trafalgar.Way,.Bar.Hill,  
Cambridge,.CB3.8SQ,  
United.Kingdom  
MA.01950,  
Singapore.536199  
United.States.of.America  
Tel:.+1-888-932-3337  
Fax:.+1-888-275-1117  
Tel:.+44.(0)1954.780044  
Fax:.+44.(0)1954.780081  
Tel:.+65.6288.5767  
Fax:.+65.6284.1150  
.
Documentation by:  
www.ctxd.com  
ꢀꢀꢀ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
B
Cascaded.computers  
selecting..54  
Clear.IP.access.control..82  
local.setting..80  
Client.IP  
local.setting..81  
Colour.level..94  
COM1  
baud.rate..90  
connection..13  
COM2  
baud.rate..90  
Compensation  
for.computer.links..28  
for.remote.user.links..30  
Computer  
connection..12  
name.editing..27  
ports..5  
registering..27  
selecting..51  
Computer.Access.Module  
connection..12  
Configuration..23  
initial.IP..39  
Connections..8  
E
A
Computer.Access.Module..12  
computer.system..12  
global.user..11  
host.computer..9  
ISDN..13  
keyboard..9  
local.user..9  
modem..13  
multiple.video.head..21  
network.port..11  
power.control..15  
power.supply..14  
remote.user..10  
Connector.specifications..104  
Control.menus  
for.remote.connection..60  
Controls  
Baud.rate..76  
local.setting..81  
remote.setting..90  
Binary  
net.masks..101  
Brackets  
Encryption.key..38  
Encryption.settings..40  
viewer..67  
End.user.licence..109  
Extender  
Access  
local.and.remote.users..51  
via.dial.up.link..66  
Access.control  
configuration..89  
mask.calculation..102  
Access.mode  
shared.&.private..62  
Account  
creation.for.users..84  
Address  
explanation..100  
Addressing  
cascaded.computers..18  
DNS..43  
network.issues..42  
power.switch.boxes..15  
ADMIN  
forgotten.password..36  
password..25  
Admin.password  
initial.setup..38  
local.setting..79  
Advanced.options..76  
Advanced.unit.configuration..  
Artifacts  
on.screen..60  
Auto.calibrate..62  
Autoscanning..33  
Auto.select..94,99  
remote.user..10  
fitting..7  
F
Browser  
connection..59  
viewer.options..99  
Firewall..42  
Firmware  
current.version..85  
upgrade..47  
C
Cable.lengths  
to.computers..12  
to.remote.users..10  
Cable.specifications..104  
Calibrate  
Force.encryption..79  
Format  
power.control.port..76  
Front.panel  
controls..50  
viewer.options..63  
Control.strings  
power.switching..45  
mouse..62  
screen..62  
controls.and.indicators..50  
Full.screen.mode  
escape.from.(F8)..60  
Functions..70,76,78  
Calibrate.all  
video.settings..65  
CAM  
connection..12  
Cascade  
D
Daisy.chain.cable..104  
Data.Transfer.utility..34  
Date  
local.setting..79  
DDC  
G
menus..24,69  
overall.steps..23  
pages..83  
saving.and.restoring..34  
Configuration.settings  
saving.and.restoring..34  
Configure.IP.port..78  
Confirmation.box..54  
Gateway  
groups..17  
local.setting..80  
remote.setting..88  
Global.preferences..72,76  
Global.user  
Cascade.connections  
addressing..18  
how.they.work..17  
introduction..16  
testing..20  
options..76,77  
DHCP  
access..57  
connection..11  
discovering.allocations..43  
during.initial.setup..38  
local.setting..80  
remote.setting..88  
Dial.up  
tips.for.success..19  
connection..66  
DNS.addressing..43  
ꢀꢀꢁ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
H
IP.gateway..88  
M
P
R
IP.network.mask..88  
IP.network.port..5  
connecting..11  
IP.port  
connection..11  
initial.configuration..38  
IP.port.configuration  
configuration.via.viewer..39  
ISDN  
Hextile..94,99  
Host.computer  
connecting..9  
connection..12  
power.switching.setup..45  
Host.configuration..91  
Hosts  
changing.between..60,61  
configuration..91  
Host.selection..61  
Hotkeys  
MAC.address..80,87,88  
Mask  
explanation..100  
for.IP.access.control..102  
Menu.bar  
viewer.window..60  
Menu.key  
changing..95  
Modem  
connecting..13  
dial.up.link..66  
port..5  
Modem.configuration..81  
Mounting..7  
Mouse  
calibration..62  
control..63  
Parts  
Raw..94,99  
RealVNC..5  
supplied.and.extra..6  
Password  
admin..25  
admin.-.setting..79  
forgotten..36  
initial.setup..38  
remote.logon..58  
setting.for.users..84  
Port.number  
Refresh.screen..63  
Reminder.banner..55  
Remote.configuration  
advanced.unit.configuration..  
host.configuration..91  
logging.and.status..93  
network.configuration..88  
serial.port.configuration..90  
setting.IP.access.control..89  
unit.configuration..85  
user.accounts..84  
Remote.user  
cable.lengths..10  
connection..10  
ports..5  
Reset.configuration..82  
Restore.Defaults  
local.setting..81  
connecting..13  
dial.up.link..66  
entering..66  
changing..25  
K
Power.control..5  
connection..15  
options..76  
Power.strings  
for.switching..45  
Power.supply  
connecting..14  
part.number..6  
Power.switching  
addressing..15  
configuration..45  
connection..15  
control.sequences..45  
on.&.off.select..62  
user.permissions..84  
via.viewer..62  
codes.and.macros..106  
selecting.computers..52  
sequences..92  
Hot.plugging..37  
HTTP.port  
initial.setup..38  
local.setting..80  
remote.setting..88  
when.altered..42  
Keyboard.codes  
sending..64  
Keyboard.layout  
local.setting..79  
remote.setting..85  
KVMADMIN.utility..46  
pointers..61  
restoration..37  
resync..62,63  
Multiple.video.head  
connections..21  
L
Local.connection..51  
Local.network  
connection..41  
Local.user  
connection..9  
port..5  
Logging..93  
Logging.in.and.out  
section..54  
Restoring  
I
configuration.settings..34  
Resync.mouse..63  
RJ9.connector..15  
Router..42  
N
Identities  
VNC.Viewer..97  
Indicators..5,50  
Initial.configuration..23  
Initialise.button..90  
Initialize.port  
Net.mask..80  
explanation..100  
Network.configuration..80,88  
Networking.issues..41  
Network.port  
Routing.status..55  
PPP.IP.address..90  
Preferred.encoding..94  
Private  
local.setting..81  
Init.string  
connection..11  
Log.on..58  
access.mode..62  
O
local.setting..81  
IntelliMouse..37  
IP.access.control..88,89  
calculating.mask..102  
clearing..82  
Octets  
ip.address..100  
Operation..50  
IP.address  
explanation..100  
local.setting..80  
remote.setting..88  
ꢀꢀꢂ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
S
T
W
Safety.information..108  
Saving  
configuration.settings..34  
Scaling  
Testing  
Warranty..108  
Web.browser  
connection..59  
viewer.options..99  
links.to.cascaded.computers..  
Threshold  
VNC.Viewer..96  
Screen  
adjustment..65  
Time  
X
best.resolution..60  
calibration..62  
navigation..60  
refresh..63  
Screensaver  
local.setting..79  
Security  
enabling..25  
ensuring..44  
general.steps..25  
Selecting  
local.setting..79  
Time.&.date.configuration..87  
Troubleshooting..68  
X100.extender..10  
X200.extender..10  
Z
U
ZRLE..94,99  
Unit.Configuration..79,85  
Unit.name  
local.setting..79  
remote.setting..85  
Upgrade  
firmware..47  
cascaded.computers..54  
computers..51  
with.front.panel..51  
with.hotkeys..52  
with.mouse.buttons..53  
with.on-screen.menu..53  
Serial.port  
configuration..90  
modem.connection..13  
Server  
Use.DHCP  
local.setting..80  
User.accounts..84  
User.list  
editing..26  
Username  
remote.logon..58  
User.preferences..71,74  
V
configuration..91  
Server.IP  
local.setting..81  
Setup.options..70,74  
Shared  
Video.compensation..28  
Video.modes..107  
Video.settings..64  
Viewer.window..60  
VNC.port  
access.mode..62  
Single.mouse.mode..61,63  
Skew.adjustment..31  
Slow.connections  
optimising.for..60  
Supplied.items..6  
Syslog..93  
initial.setup..38  
local.setting..80  
remote.setting..88  
when.altered..42  
VNC.viewer  
connection..58  
connection.options..94  
download..58  
window.options..98  
ꢀꢀꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

3Com Network Card 3CRSHPW696 User Manual
6 948RE ML 135223 00G48 960RE ML 135224 00G60 User Manual
Accton Technology Network Router EC3805 User Manual
Addonics Technologies Blu ray Player PBRDRUE User Manual
Alliance Laundry Systems Washer HF455 User Manual
Asus Cell Phone M530w User Manual
Atlona TV Cables AT HD560 User Manual
Audiovox Automobile Alarm PRO 9243 User Manual
Audiovox Stereo Amplifier AXT 1200 User Manual
Behringer Musical Instrument Amplifier V AMP 2 User Manual